Handbook For Quantity Surveyors by Joglekar PT
Handbook For Quantity Surveyors by Joglekar PT
Handbook For Quantity Surveyors by Joglekar PT
~-~~~.~m.tltft~~~
.....
, ••• -- .. -,....---~ ....... ~ I
.....
:~-.-~-
t~--.:~,.-"
'" .
---
! i)
'>-f;N
:1-,...i;'7'd
,"
r'
'}
O_'
l,jr .
,U
J,
':1
U ,
~:(- j
U
•
~
I
'r'
.' U
u
FOR oj:
,
i
;".
l.....'
QU,ANTITY' SURVEYORS'
1'0 CONTRACT ,MANAGERS, ARCHITECTS
~! '1:
! V
-',
ENGINEERS AND BUILDERS
"
,
.._, .
..):
i: "
0/.
" ./
, ,
. )
!-.
j .
I 1 \
"~' ,.,
.t ""\
~ I
I " I
-'
by
(
-!
1
P. T. JOGLEKAR
o AMIS
~' > •
:~t>'~~-::;·:-:
.:.-. ------:--~---, ..--------0-, ~--------
:!_i
\.~ .'
,----_- .
..-: ... _' ..
. ,' ....
V\
t:~:,..o'--;'i
............. - ..
i· ",
....-::.
-,:. ,
e /) /) ~)
,, . (.;'1
,_
~
.".
r ....
I
~.
..
f"
~. :
'.
" .."
j
(: .J
(;
..
All rights reserved by the publisher of the second· edition.
-;
"-' ___
------------ ...
- --------. - ---~-----
"~,to
J
·1'
'<})
.J'
,;.
J
~ i
"'!
--- ---
'f;~{jI((;(j:A>;._G)Y~:iJA~
________
I •
,,-'.
I'
, I
, )
DEDICATION
I
,I
i
:!
:I
!
~
The aim has been to -collect within the covers of this book the wide ranging and various
kinds of basic data' and information which normally needs a frantic search and poring through a score of
different books and publications. Much thought and discrimination had to be exercised in selecting the
items of information. Too much material packed into a reference book intended for daily use can be as
harmful as the omission of some vital piece of information: '
. ,
Every effort has been made to achieve a high degree of reliability 'of the information
presented.' No pains have-been spared in proof-reading and a meticulouscorrection of the text, "
The sources Of information are quoted at relevant places in the book to motivate the reader
to refer the various indian Standard Specifications and other authoritative publications in, original
whenever more detailed and complete information is needed.
Finally, I must thank xhe numerous users of the earlier edition of ' this book who keI't
pressing me to bring out a revised enlarged edition. Without their encouragement and a vociferous
,~J demand by the younger batch of executives, this second edition would not have been possible. '
I ~
C)
I ~.. ' •• ~ .'
j
_ •.J
..
t
-r
_~~.. "_ -_._ .
.. _- --.._.
- -- -'-.-_ ... - _.. ~-. --------_._---
-
,
f. "', .
p, ,f )
;,j \
l )- .
CONTENTS
I ;'l
Description Page Nos Description Page Nos
C\S
'. ... Weight of iron/steel/copper wire in kg
per 1000 m
Glavanised iron fittings (for roof)
Steel bolts, nuts and rivets
Round wire nalls
16
17
18
19
Output of tools and plant
Cement constants
44 La 49
50 to 90
91 to 93
:') -:I Steel sections for steel doors, windows
and ventilators 19 Material constants 94 to 115
Weights of aluminium sections, for equal and Tables for simple/compound interest etc. 117
unequal angles, tees, channels and beams 20
Mensuration, Areas and Volumes 118 to 126
Metal rolling shuucrs 21
The law relevant to the building industry 127& 128
Cast iron manhole covers, gratings, steps and
noor/nahni traps Bibliography 129
21
.' '''._-'-----------
'oJ
, '~)' , , "
]
I
,
;.>,
•..•.•.... ,,:: : ~: . v"• .'
.... _ __ _ ~.
1
BASICUNIT$
Values of Prefixes of Sub-Multiples and Multiples of Metric Units
Prellx Numerical Value
.
MICROMICRO OR PICO (i.l~ or p) .., 0.000 000_000 001 10·'2
MILLIMICRO OR NO NO (m~orn) ... 0.000 000 001 10"·
MICRO ... ... ... (~) ... 0.000 001 10"
MILU ... ... ... (m) ... 0.001 10'~
CENTI ... ... ... (c) ... 0.01 10.2
DECI ... ... ... (d) ...- 0.1 10"
DEKA ... .. ... (da) ... 10 10
HEClO ... ... ... (h) ... 100 102
KILO ... ... ... (k) ... 1000 10 3
MEGA ... ... ... (M) ~ . 1000 000 10 $
KILOMEGA OR GIGA (KMorG) ... 1000 000 000 10 a
MEGAMEGA OR TERA (MMorT) ... 1 000 000 000 000 10'2
Length
6 feot ~
(British)
t Iathorn 1852 metres - 1 nautical milo
(International)
Area
/
British Units Metric Units
640 acres
- 1 sq mile 100 ares
, 00 hectares
..
..
decametro-
1 hectare or 1 sq
hectometre
• 1 sq kilometre
Volume
Capacity
60 minims ~
~
1 fluid drachm 10 millilitres .... 1 centilitre
8 fluid drachms
5 fluid ounces .... 1 fluid ounce
_ 1 gill
10 centilitres
10 decilitres .. 1 decilitre
1 litre
4 gills
2 pints
4 quarts
-.. 1 pint
1 quart
1 Imp gallon
10 lit res
10 dekalitres
10 hectolitres
..
B
c
1 dekalitre
1 hectolitre
1 kilolitre
2 gallons 1 peck
I _4). 4 pecks
G
~
~
1 bushel
or 1000 titres
1 litre .. 1000.028 cu em
.. .e ,,-,'\
- 8 bushels 1 quarter
I -l "
jp~
- ~ :,._'V :--
-'~~~-}-
,
2
Weight :,.
eI
British Units' . ,
, '. ~' Metric Units:
e'-,I ;l
,7
~-
Avoirdupois"Units :
*.;
'. . .:._)~
16 drams = 1 ounce 10 milligrams .... "
'"1 centigram
(,
.',
....
"
-
16 ounces
28 pounds
..
1 pound
1 quarter
10 centigrams
10 decigrams .. 1'decigram
1 gram ~~',~
4 quartets
20 hundred weights
..
=
1 hundred weight
1 ton
1 pound
10 grams
10 dekagrams
10 hectograms
....
= 1 dekagram
1 hectogram
1 kilogram
e
,7000 grains
..
.,
14 pounds = 1 stone 1000 kilograms = 1 metric lonne ~'
grains
tolas
seers
tola
seer
maund
dozen
score
gross
Miscellaneous
12
20
12
Nos.
Nos.
dozens (= 144 Nos.)
..-' -
.'
c:
f:
quire 24 sheets
ream 20 quires
e
International Paper Slze's e
A Series B & C Series
~ ,;..
American Measure
1.13268 cu m It
g ,
(standardacceleration
..
= 3.1416
9.80665 mpersecond
per second
,
"":'3 ;
r'
hundredweigh!
ton
.... 100 pounds
due to gravity)
dry galion
wet gallon
-
c
2000
26B.8
0.83
pounds
cuinch
[mpga[
1 Imperial gallon of water weighs
Americansexpressroad 9Jadientsin percentages. e.g" :. 1 cusec discharge 375 gallons per min
..
=
1 cu foot per sec ,-
20% grade = 1 in 5
,Refrigeration (and Air-Conditioning) : One standardton of refrigeration(and air-conditioning) denotes the extractionof heat at the"'
rateof 12000British Thermal Units per hour (equivalent of one ton 01 ice melting in 24 hours). '
- --- __ -_ ._- --_ __..
3
FACTO'RS
By To obtain
'. - ..-._--_._-
.--.
----r-.-l
··t'· e ,
.4
___
CON V E R S ION F ACT 0 R S (Conrd.)
------,-----~-=___:__.-----:.....-
. rI ~: _.r
Multiply By To obtain '(l
CONVERSION OF RATES
(1) . To can vert Rate per running foot into Rate per running metre Multiply by 3.28 (For vice-versa by 0.3048).
(2) To convert Rate per 10 running Ccctinto Rate per running metre Multiply by 0.328 (For vice-versa by 3.048).
(3) To convert Rate per 100running feel into Rate per running metre MUltiply by 0.0328 (For vice-versa by 30.48).
(4): To convert Rate per square foot into Rate per square metre Multiply by 10.764 (For vice-versa by 0.0929)_
(5) To convert Rate per 10 square feet into Rate per square metre Multiply by 1.0764 (For vice-versa by 0.929).
(6) To' convert Rate per 100 square feel into Rate per square metre Multiply by 0.1076 (For vice-versa by 9.29)
(7) To convert
... Rate per cubic foot into Rate per cubic metre - Multiply by 35.315 (For vice-versa by 0.0283).
(8) To convert Rate ~r 100 cubic f~t into Rate per cubic metre Multiply by 0.3532 (For vice-versa by 2.83).
(9) To con vert Rate per lb (pound) into Rate per kg Multiply by 2.2046 (For vice-versa'by 0.4536).
(10) To convert Rate per hundredweight (cwt) into Rate per quintal Multiply by l.%84 (For ViCC-'/CTSa
by 0.508).
(11) To convert Rate per ton into Rate per tonne (Metric) Multiply by 0.9842 (For vice-versa by 1.016),
(2) To convert lbs/running foot into kgs/running metre Multiply by 1.4881 (For vice-versa by 0.672)
t ("J(ll
(13) To convert Ibs/square foot into kgs/squarc metre Multiply by 4.881 (For vice-versa by 0.205). Ilnc
; ']M
(14) To.convertlbs/cubic foot into kgs/cubic metre Multiply by 16,0184 (For vice-versa by 0.0624). .. 'Slal
Un~
(15) To convert lbs/gallon into kgs/litre "-SI;\
Multiply by 0.0998 (For vice-versa by 1.002).
(16) To convertRate per gallon into Rate per litre .. St(
Multiply by 0.22 (For vice-versa by 4.546). Btl
i
"-' ..-._- ... ---._-.
I
--
':.l~.,_.~
.. r:\i~":'.···... ·_-_·__.--.,__;i
,1.\ . ": .
(y . '. - 'OF BUILDING MATERIALS
5
-
·.'f~:· . (ReferenceIS: 1911 • 1967) .
. it. .. .'eight in kg
Material Weight in kg
,>:~.;''. Materlai :
. p<fr cubic metre
per cubic melee'
~;.~.j i .:4C:C{)lISti"~
.;:<-, ;. )'; ~tk, .-1 tn~terjals 240
Metals
Aluminium, cast 2580 to 2710
':~""'1':;(J:lg lVoo/ •••
270 Aluminium. wrought
Brass (Copper % : Zinc %) ;.
2640 to 2800
Y:J:~:' i 'ARt:r~Cllte '" ./ Muntz metal (60;40) 8220
t, ~kcn Slo .: ... 1600 to 1870 Red (90: 10) 8590
{" rOkcn'b . lie. dJY./.'· White (50:50) 8190
ricks: .. " . 1450 Yellow (70:30) ;.
.:.:.-.,' ~.IIIC
.. ,
-~;- '- . 1010
·Y"; ~i::.'~. so (.rl(r.n;; Cast 844()
";'" f slr Slagsr: , 1540 to
700
1600
Drown
Rolled
8680
t (.:(ilc.,.
,11:';:' SI' • dry,~ to38 mm
]460 Bronze (copper % : Tin %) ;_
Bell metal (SO: 20)
8550
:~~"ll-{1.ime Soils
Clay, dry
J'rv. mJncalCined Slone lumps 1280 10 1440 Earth, dry
1440
,.~,;; ,~:utJ~S.lakcd,
freshly burnt 880 1410 to 1840
10 lO·:\O
::;;;~ . laked, frc:>h ... 580
. "". nslakcd lime (kankClr)
to 640 Timber (IS : 399)
tt'.; Slaked lime (kankar)
WiD
1020
Tc:tk
Bcnicak 640
Bijasal 675
Bonsum 800
2850 to 2960 Chir 530
2590 Deodar 575
2400 to 2690 Haldu 545
2640 to 2800 Hollock 675
2080 to 2400 Sal 610
2400 to 2640 865
2720 \Vuter
2640 Fresh
2240 10 2400 SUII 1000·
2S(X) Ice 1025
,910
6
. WEIGHTS QF ST~EL SECTIONS~~. ·e ::
lSRO 5
kg
0.154
. mm kg mill
I
I
kg
lSS~
l'IIm
kg
8,~
rSRO 45 12.5 ISSQ 5 0.196 32
lSRO (; 0.222 rSRO 50 ' 15.4
ISA~O
ISRO
ISRO
ISRO
lSRO
8
10
12
14
0,395
0.617
0.888
1.21
ISRO
ISRO
ISRO
ISRO
56
63
71
80
19,3
24.5
31.1
39.5
ISSQ
!SSQ
ISSQ
6
8
10
0.283
0.502 .
0.785
ISSQ
ISSQ
"Il
45
12.6
15.9 ISA.3~
• \
,;
90
•e
ISRO 16 1.58 ISRO 49.9 isso 50 19.6
ISRO 18 2.00 ISRO 100 61.7 ISSQ. 12 1.13
ISRO 20 2.47 ISRO 110 74.6
' 96.3 ISSQ 63 3\.'2 SA 4'
ISRO 22 2.98 ISRO 125 ISSQ 16 2.01
ISRO 25 3.85 ISRO 140 121
ISRO
ISRO
ISRO
ISRO
28
32
36
40
4.83
6.31
7.99
9.85
ISRO
ISRO
ISRO
160
ISO
200
158
200
247
ISSQ
lSSQ
20
25
3.14
4.91.
ISSQ
ISSQ 100
80 50.2
78.5 ( •
ISA. -4
WidLh
mm 3.0 I 4.0 I 5.0
I 6.0 I 8.0 110,0 '112.0 J 16.0 1 18.0 1 20 I J25 32
.. I
40 I 45
1 50 I( •
I
•
lSA
Weight per Metre Length in kg ~ -
w
- -
,·14
20
to 0.236
0.330
0.47.1
0.314
<1.440
0.628.
0.393
0.55()
QJ35
0.471
0.659
0.942
-
0.879
1.26
-
1.57 1.88
-
-
-
-
2.51
-
-
2.83
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
.
-
-
-
-
-
·
-
-
·
- •e
ISA
25
30
35
0.5l!9
0.707
0.824
0.785
0.942
1.10
0.981
1.18
1.37
1.18
1.41
r.65
1.57
1.88
2.2J
1.96
2.36
2.75
2.36
2,83
3.30
3.14
3.77
4.40
3.53
4.24
4.95
-
4.71
5.50
--
6.87
-
-
8.79
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- .. Ct
\
40 0.942 1.26 1.57 1.88 2.51 3.14 3,77 5.02 5.65 6.28 7.85 10.0 - - · \SA
45 - 1.41 1.77 2.12 VB 3.53 4.24 5.65 6.36 7.07 8.83 11.1 . . · - (;I
50 1.18 1.57 1.96 2.36 3.14 3.93 4.71 6.28 7.06 7.85 9.81 12,(i 15.7 - - ·
55 - 1.73 2.16 2.59 3.45 4.32 5.18 6.91 7.77 8.M 10.8 13.8 17.3 - - c
60 1.41
-
1.88 2.36 2.83 3.77 4.71 5.65 7.54 8.48 9.42 11.8 15.1 18.8 21.2 - ISA ,
65 2.e» 2:55 3.06 4.08 5.10 6.12 8.16 9.18 10.2 12.8 16.3 20.4 23.0 - I
70 - 2.20' 2.75 3.30 (.i() 550 6,59 8.79 9.S9 11.0 13.7 17.6 no '2.1.7 '27.5 (.
75 ,- 2.36 2.94 3.53 4.71 5.H9 7.07 9.42 10.6 11.8 14.7 11Ul 23.6 26.5 29.4
80 -- 2.51 3.14 3.77 5.()2 6.28 7.54 10.0 11.3 12.6 15.7 20.1 25.1 2~D 31.4 ( .
90 · 3.53 4.24 5.65 7.07 8.48 11.3 12.7 14.1 17.7 22.6 28.3 31.8 35.3 4 2.4 lsA
100 - - 3.93 4.71 6.28 7.85 9.42 12.6 14.1 15.7 19.6 25.1 31.4 35.3 39,2 47 .1 ,
110 - - 4.32 5.18 6.91 8.64 IDA 13.8 15.5 17.3 21.6 27.6 34.5 38.9 43,2 51 .~ l~
126 - - 4.71 5.65 7.54 9.42 11.3 15.1 17.0 18.8 23.6 30.1 37.7 42.4 47.1 5 6.5
130 - · · 6.12 8.16 10.2 12.2 16.3 18.4 20.4 25.5 32.7 40.8 459 51.0 61 .2 l~A
140 - - - - 8.79 11.0 13.2 17.6 19.8 22.0 275 35.2 44.0 49.5 55.0 65 .9 :
150 - - - · 9.42 ,1'1.8 14.1 18.8 21.2 23.6 29.4 37.7 47.1 53.0 58.9
-
70 .6
160 - - - - 10.0 12.6 15.1 20.1 22.6 25.1 3104 40.2 50.2 56.5 -
180 - · · · 11.3 14.1 17.0 22.6 25.4 28.3 35.3 45.2 56.5 63.6 - ·
200 - · - - - 15.7 18.8 25.1 28.3 31.4 39.2 50.2 62.S 70.6 - - 1.5,
250 - - - - - 19.6 23.6 31.4 35.3 39.2 49.1 62.8 78.5 118.3 · -
. 300 - - - - - - 28.3 37.7 42.4 47.1 58.9 75.4 94.2 j{)6
;41 · -
400 - - · · - - - 50.2 56.5 62.8 78.5 100 12() - -
. ,,' ~ . ';;
.~.., ~~Ji:;is;··2.~i£~~;\~~··~"';~~~·~-~
.._ d~·'·=··,,·, -r~'_~
"
h..
\., ·'W'
-----.---.-.-.--.-.,-~--.
- ---_.- .. "
.---... --~---.
,"'.
7
HOT-ROLLED STEEL EQUAL ANGLES
(Reference IS .-808 (Part V) 1976
Size Thickness Wcighlper Size Thickness Weight per
mmxmm mm metre in kg Designation
mm x mm mm metreinkg
... 20x20 3 .0.9
.';.
ISA 110110 110x 110 8 13.4
4 1.1 10 16.6
2525 25x 25 3 1.1 12 19.7
4 1.4 16 25.7
5 1.8 J
ISA130130 BOx 130 8 15.9
3030 30x 30 3 1.4 10 19.7
4 1.8 12 23.5
5 2.2 16 30.7
3535 35 x 35 3 1.6 ISA 150150 150x 150 10 22.9
4 2.1 12 27.3
5 2.6 16 35.8
6 3.0 20 44.1
4040 40 x40 3 1.8 ISA200200 200 x 200 12 36.9
4 2.4 16 48.5 ,i
5 3.0 20 60.0
6 3.5 ' 2S 73.9
4545 45 x45 3 2.1
4 2.7 SOx SOx 7
5 3.4 x8
6 8
4.0
50x 50 60 x 60 x4 60x 60 4 3.70
5050 3 2.3
4 3.0 70x 70x 7 70 x 70 7 7.38
5 3.8 100 x 100 x 6.S 100 x 100
6 6.5 9.99
1.5 x 15 15 21.90 !
lSA 5555 ' 55 x 55 5 4.1 120 x 120 x 8 l,
120 x 120 8 14,70
6 4.9 xlO i·
]0
8
10
6.4
7.9
x 12
x 15
12
18.20
21.60 II ~.
15 26,60 I:
6060 60 x 60 5 4.5 150xl50xl5
6
8
5.4
7.0
x 18
150 x 150 15
18
33.80
40.10 I
I
10 180x180xlS 180 x 180 15 ! ~
8.6 40.90 I :j
x 18 18 48.60
6565 65 x 65
ili
5 4.9 x 20
6 20 53.70
5.8
8 7.7 200 x 200 x 24 200 x 200 24 71.10
10 9.4 I
II
. 'ISA 7070 70x 70 5 5,3
STEEL UNEQUAL ANGLES
IS .-80S {Part VI).1976)
,j
II "'
6 6,3 .~
8 8.3 DcsiJ,:llation
. 7575 . 75 x 75
10
5
6
8
10
10.2
5.7
6.8
8.9
11.0
ISA
ISA
3020
4025 40x 25 3
1.4
1.8
1.5
I
:'.i
-:;"
/(
8080 80x 80 \
4 1.9 'y
6 7.3 5 2.4
8 9.6 6' 2.8
10 11.8 lSA 4530 45x 30 3
12 1.7
14.0 ' 4 2.2
9090 90 X 90 6 8.2 5 2.8
8 JO.B 6 3.3
10 13.4 (SA 5030 50 X 30 3 1.8
12 15.8 4 2.-1
100 x I()O 6 5 3.0
9.2 6
8 12.1 3.5
)0 14.9 ISA 6040 60x4Q 5 3.7
12 17.7 6 4.4
8 5,8
,
~..£:EmW(~",~~\r1Y.~~YA:~::fa?'tfW4~erltii#Wrmfii'r5#5t*HratantW*>"tA~~
..~At.!~~i:U:""w."";""'~."""'' ' '_¥W'' ' ' 't:e_~:~:'.1"'~%""·~~YB;~?¢.1iffi~:fi~\ii¥~'§t4'1t~~;t
....... '·
~l;;E~::"'.:'~:·.'~
','-,"" -.', !
ISA150115
150 x
150 x
75
115
8
10
12
8
13.7
17.0
20.2
16.3
•
ISI{
I'_
{SA 8050. 80x50 - 5 4.9 10 20.1
6
6 5.9 '. 12 24.0
8 7.7 16 31.4
1'0 9.4 ISA200100 200 x )00 10 22.9 C
ISA 90GO 90x60 6 6,8 12 27.3
8 8,9 16 35.8 Ie
ISL(
10 . 11.0 10 26,9
200 x .150
12 13.0 ISA200150
12 32.1
42,2
Ie
ISL(
100 x 65 6 7.5 16
1.
ISA 10065
8 9.9 20 52.0 1$
10 12,2 ISLe
, ISA 10075 100 x 75 6 s.o
8 10,5 1St<
10 13,0 Ie
12 15.4
-;
Designation (h
mmxmm
Size
..
x b)
Thickness Thickness Weight per
of Web of Flange
mm mm
Metre
kg
Designation
Size
(h x b)
mm x mm
Thickness Thickness Weight per
of Web of Flange
mm mOl
Metre
kg ~v
Me
"
If;
f
I
~'
Me
.. Slit from ISLB 200 and ISLIl 50(), MC3
*.. Slit from M3 I(lO. I25, ISO, 175 and 200, Me -
*** Slit from ISlIB 150,200.250 and 30n, MC~
NOTI
, ----......._ _-_._ .
!~~1~
O.
r-) -;:.9 ", .'1.'
H_O_T.--R_O_L_L_E_D_S_·T"rE_~I_~L_C_H_A_N_N"TI-~l-,S-----,r- --,HrO_T_R_O_L_L_E_D.,.S_T_E_E_L_n_E_A_M.,.S
r~
·~. DepLh of Width of Weigh! per Depth of Width of Weight per ~~" l
-.
.. ~ Designation channel flange metre Designation beam flange metre .'
r-: mm mm kg mm mm . kg
()'-'
, "I (Reference IS : 8.08 - 1964 • Amendment 3 of 1968) (Reference IS : 808 - 1964)
~·-u
I .
L.o Me 350
Me 400
350
400
100
10'0
42.7
50.1
MB 350
MB400
350 140 52.4
400 140 6.1.6
.I-:U NOTE: Weights, dimensions etc of channels witt: parallel MB450 450 150 72.4
u flanges (MCl' series) are same as given above for
MC series. The heavier sections in. each size are
MB500 500 180
19'0
86.9
intended for use in:: wagon building industry MB 550 550 104
(marked *). MB600 600 .210 123
.,:. .{
,
- ... ~.,
'-
_W'
HOT ROLLED STEEL DEAMS (contd) MS PLATES
, . lRc/crcnce JS .-1730 (Part J) - 1974,L
Widlhof Weight per Wcigfu pcr Wciglll pee
Dcsig'nation Depth flange metre Thickness sq rn Thickness sgm
mm mm kg mm kg mm ' kg
.
WIDE FLANGE BEAMS 5 39.20 22 173.00
(Reference IS : 808 • /964) 6 41.10 25 196.00
7 55.00 . 28 220.00
ISWB 150 150 100 17.0 !! 62.80 32 25UJO
ISWB 175 175 125 22.1 10 18.50 36 283.00
ISWB 200 200 140 28.8 12 94.20 40 314.00 €,
14 110.00 45 353.00
ISWB 225 225 150 33.9 C
16 126.00 50 392.00
ISWB 250 250 200 40.9
440.00
~
lSWB 300 300 200 48.1
18
20
141.00
157.00
56
63 495.0{) e
:
lS\VB 350 350 200 56.9 el
ISWB 400 400 200 66.7
ISWB 450 450 200 79.4
•. 1
" STEEL CHEQUERED PLATES
::: .ISWB 500 500 250 95.2 ~ \
ISWB 550 550 - 250 Standard Weightpcr
112.5
Thickness square metre
--C. \
ISWB 500 600 250 133.1
ISWB 600 600 250 145.1 mm in kg NOT. \
: 5 39 e I _,
6 47
HOT ROLLED COLUMN SECTIONS 7 55 -.1
(RcferencelS " 808 (PART 11)·1978) 8 63
..
61
~,
10 78
SC 100 100 .100 20.0 12 94
~C 120 . 120 120 26.2 14 110
c.1
\' '. 16 126
SC 140 140 140 33.3
SC 160 160 160 41.9 Conform to the weights given in IS : 1730·1961 'Dimensions for .L
steel plate, sheer and strip for structural and general engineering
SC 180
SC200
180
200
180
200
50.5
60.3
purposes.' C\
~C220 220
«.
Ihe wcig! I
220 70.4 MS PLAIN IlLACK SHEETS { ~
SC250 250 250 85.6
Weight per Weight per
Thickness
mm
~qm
Thickness
mm
sq rn \
CRANE RAIL SECTIONS }g kg
(Refeu.nce IS: 3443·/980)
0.40 3.14 \.90 14.90
i.
Head' Flange 0.50 3.93 2.00 15.70 \
Total Weight
Designation width 0.63 4.95 2.24 17.60
, widlh(basc) depth per metre
mm mm 0.80 6.30 1.50 19.60
mm kg
0.90 7.05 2.80 22.00
ISCR 50 50 , 90 90 29.8 1.00 7.85 3.!5 24.70
ISCR 60 60 lOS 105 40.0 1.12 8.80 3.55 27.89 '
ISCR 80 80 130 130 64.2 1.25 9.80 4.00 31.40
ISCR 100 100 150 150 89.0 1'.40 11.00 4.30 33.75
ISCR 120 120 170 170 118.0 1.60 12.60 4.65 36.50
ISCR 140 140 170 170 147.0 1.80 14.10
.._._--_.---_ - .
SUNIL S. A NJA l=UA .
11
GALVANISED PLAIN STEEL SHEETS '.
(Reference IS : 277·1977)
Class 1
750 g of Zinc (Spelter) Coating per sq m 13.31 1.0.56 8.60 7.03 ·5.70
Both Sides Inclusive
Class 2
600 g of Zinc (Spelter) Coating per sq m 13.16 10.41 8.45 6.88 5.55
Both Sides Inclusive
Class 3
450 g of Zinc (Speller) Coating per sq m 13.01 10.26 8.30 . 6.73 5.40
Both Sides Inclusive
Class 4
375 g of Zinc (Spelter) Coating per sq III 12.94 10.19 8.22 6.66 5.32
Both Sides Inclusive
NOTE: Plain sheets of all classes are available in 1.B, 2.2, 2.5, 2.8, and 3 metre length. Class 4 plain sheets are also
available in 3.6 metre length.
Plain sheets of all classes are available in 0.75 and 0.90 metre widths.
PITCH
\- 75 mm NOMINAL
. Weight of corrugated galvanised steel sheets is LO be calculated from the area of sheet before corrugation applying
the weight constants given above for plain galvanised sheets.
D.ETAILS OF CORRUGATION
Bcfore After
Corrugation Corrugation
mm mm
8 750 660
10 900 800
11 lOCO 885
Corrugated sheets are available in lengths same as those indicated above for plain sheets .
-(
f.' J.
€~
Square Hollow Sections Rectangular Hollow Sections t-
2
Depth or width of Thickness (t) Weight per Depth of Breadth of Thickness Weight per
Section (D) metre Section (D) Section (l}) (t) metre ~
mm mm kg mm mm.: mm kg .d
,
4.50 5.31 4.50 7.02 16
ne
50 2.90 4.12 76.2 50.8 3.25 5.94 ..;_.
3.65 5.04 3.65 6.59
18(:
4.50 6.02 4.50 7.93 19
2«' I
63.5 3.25 5.94 90 38 2.65 4.96 ?1
-(
I .-
3.65
4.50
6.59
7.93
3.25
4.05
5.99
7.29
I
I
75
. 3.25 7.11 100 50 3.25 7.11 c I
4.05 8.69 4.05 8.69
4.85 10.2 4.85 10.2 -L.
t
<- I
SHEET PILING SECTIONS SI:
(Reference IS : 2314·1963) Nt( \(
Weighlper
Designation
Weight
per
metre
square metre
of wall
Perimeter
per metre
of wall
Centre to
Centre
distance of
-- L
42
q~"":::::::;~i:::=:(_~RISPS 1021 i pmng Section joints ,~'
kg kg em mm 43
OP Pn.E
r-- ISPS 1021 Z
ISPS 1625 U
49.25
. 65.37
123.121•
162.40
283
308
400
402.5
44
4S
I· ISPS 2222 U
ISPS 100 F
82.70
55.20
195.70
138.00
331 420.5
400
46 .r-;
~ 104 41 __ ',
L U Piling Sections
48
49
50 .
r-..
"
53
54
ISPS 1625 U 437 172 13 J
. ·55
ISPS 100 F Piling Section ISPS 2222 U 458 194.5 14
~ 56
~
~. ,
, ~;
Square Mesh ..
Mesh Size Diameter of Weight Mesh Size Diameter of Weight
SI. (Nominal Pitch Wire per S1. (Nominal Pitch Wire per
No. of Wires) Each Way sqm No. of Wires) Each Way sq m
mm mm inkg mm .__.mro___ . in kg
Neuing is made of annealed mild steel galvaniscd wire. The size of aperture is denoted by the distance between parallel.
sides of the hexagons formed.
mm mm mm mm mm mm
Note t- The term 'selvedge' denotes edge so woven thatthe end wires do not unravel.
Wire cloth is regularly woven with parallel wires in both directions to produce uniform square meshes or openings. Wire used
for' making the cloth can be mild steel, brass, bronze, aluminium all 0)' or plastics.
1.70mm 0.32,004,0.56,0.8
lAO mm 0.25,0.32,0.45,0.63,0.71
1.18 mm 0.25,0.32,0.41,0045,0.56,0.63
1.00 mm 0.22,0.28,0.36,0:5,0.56
90 101.6. Light
Medium
Heavy
. 3.65
4.05
4.85
·8.82
9.75
11.6
225
250
300
244.5
273.0
323.9
Heavy
-
-
5.9
5.9
6.3
34.2
38.8
49.5
_,
{,:
r>,
350 355.6 - 8.0 68.3
,,:
'- : I
I ~
WEIGHT OF WIRE IN KILOGRAMS PER 1000 METRES
~,
." _o __ •• •• _ •••• _._. .. ... -_ ....--.~-----.-..-.-
iI'
Hook boILS& nuts ... 87 x 7.5 5.911 17
'.
87 x 10 7.882 13
100 x 7.5 6,463 IS
100 x 10 8.827 11
l12 x 7.5 7.094 14
112 x 10 10.088 10
125 x 7.5 7.882 13
. -.... , 125 x 10 11.823 8
Limpet washers (cone or circular) ... 0,473 211
,to",
Diamond curved washers ... 30 mm or 37
. 1.970 51
QI~
mm square.
EQUIVALENT DIAMETERS OF STANDARDWIRE GAUGE
SWG
I Millirnctres SWG
I Millimetres SWG
-
.I Millirnetres
[:~. '.
8
9
10
4.064
, 3.658
3.251
27
28
29
0.4166
0.3759'
0.3554
46
47
48
0.0610
0.0508
0.0406
2.946 30 0.3150 49 0.0305
E
11
12 2.642 31 0.2946 50 ·0.0254
Designation Designation
& Weight Purpose and situation of use & Weight Purpose and situation of use
per metre .(in kg) per melle (in kg)
T2 (1.036) Horizontal glazing bars for door side-lights, F4 B (2.28) Central mullion (meeting bar for shuucrs)
doors and sashes, sub-dividing bars for fixed- for windows using F7D as inner frames,
lights, vertical glazing bar for windows, outer frame for open-in windows in rainy
"ventilators and doors where metal, areas, sub-dividing bars for cpcnablc
. aluminium or wooden beading is used for windows and top-hung ventilators.
fixing glass.
F7D (1.419) 1nncr and outer frarncs for windows and IOP-
Vertical glazing bar for EZ7 frames. hung ventilators, for outer frames for centre
hung ventilators, and outer frame for door
Horizontal glazing bar for standard windows side-ligh LS.
and ventilators.
FX8 (2.31) Outer frames for doors.
Inner frames for open-in windows.
EZ7 (1.90) Outer frame for industrial sashes.
Outer frames for open-in windows.
K l1B (1.80) Vertical coupling mullion for all standard
Inner and midddle framcs in centre-hung windows. Canbe used as horizontal coupli ng
ventilators. F5 is used as inner frame for bar when opcnablc windows are to be coupled
bottom -hung ventilators and sometimes used above fixed "ones or between two fixed
as inner frame for open-out windows. windows.
F 8 is also used as outer frame far bouorn - Can also be used as horizontal coupling
hung ventilators. mullion where windows arc not exposed to
weather,
Inner frames for doors.
K 12 B (2.30) Horizontal coupling mullion, also known as
weather bar. Especially used when the
coupled unit is exposed to rain.
:~ '.: '.' .
ALUMINIUM . SECTIONS
ALUMINIUM ALUMINIUM BEAM SECTIONS ALUMJNIUM
EQUAL LEG ANGLES (Ref. IS : 5384 • 1969) . miEQUAL LEG ANGLES
(Ref 1S : 3908 - 1960) (R_efIS : 3909-1966)
ISALB Series
ISALE Series .lSALU Series (eontd):
Size
.
Weight per metre
. kg
Depth of
Beam
Width of
Range
Weight
per metre Size
rnm
Weight per metre
kg
ber,e
be.....e
nun nun mm kg
chain
40 x 25 x 2.0 1).36 ~
r
10 x 10 x 1.5 0.08 40 20 0.4 . 40 x 25 11 3.0 0.52
10 x 10 x 2.0 0.10 40 20 0.6 40 x 25 x 4.0 0.68 sot
co r
IS x 15 x 1.5 0.12 50 x 25 x 3.0 0.60
. 15 x 15 x 2.0 0,16 50 30 0.9 ja'¥s ~
50 30 1.2 50 x 25 x.4.0 0.79
IS x 15 x 3.0 0.22 50 x'25 x 5.0 0.97
'. 20 x 20 x 2.0 0.21 60 30 1.1 noWe
20 x·20 x 3.0 0.31 60 30 1.5 50 x 30 x 3.0 0.64
60 30 1.9 50 x 30 x·4.0 0.84
25 x 25 x 2.0
. 2S x 2S x 3.0
0.27
0.39
60 40 1.9
SO x 30 x 5.0 1.03 e.
Cast .
.. 25 x 2S x 4.0
30 x 30 x 3.0
0.51
0.48
60 40 2.4 60 x'30 x 3.0
60 x 30 x 4.0
0.73
0.96
e
30 x 30 x 4.0 0.t.'2 80 40 2.1 60 x 30 x 5.0 1.18
30 x 30 x 5.0 0.76 80 40 2.7 t'
80 40 3.2 60 x 40 x 4.0 1.07
35 x 35 x 3.0 0.56 60 x 40 x 5.0 '1.31
35 x 35 x 4.0 0.73 (.-
100 /50 3.4 60 x 40 x 6.0 1.55 covers
3S x 35 x 5.0 0.89 ICC :;0 3.9 an«,~
40 x 40 x 3.0 0.64 80 x 40 x 4.0 1.29
40 x 40 x 4.0 0.84 100 60 3.9 80 x 40 x 6.0 1.88
40 x 40 x 5.0 1.03 100 60 4.1 80 x 40 x 8.0 2.46 C
100 60 4.7
ALUMINIUj\f' TEE SECTI O,,"S 100 x 50 x 6.0 2.38
(ReflS " 6445 -1971) 120 60 4.7 100 x SO x 8.0 3.11
100 x 50 x1O.0 3.83
~
120 60 5.0
~.
..
Dcpth c-f Weigh! 120 70 5.6 HD
Section per metre ALUMIl\'(UM CIlA:'\NELS
mOl kg 120 80 6.1 (Ref IS: 392).1966) E·
120 MD' t,
80 7.4
25 25 0.4 ISALC Series E:
30 30 0.5 150 80 6.6
'40 50
0.7
0.8
150 80 8.1
Depth Widlh Thick· Thick· Weight
of of ness of ness of
f!
LD:
150 100 7.7 per
50 50 1.2 Section Flange Web Flange metre (~!
1.6 150 100 9.4
159 100 12.1 mm mm mm nun kg LD:
65 .65 1.6
2.1 200 100 10.5 40 20 2.0 2.0 0.44 «(.1
2.7' 200 100 13.4 40 . 20 3.0 3.0 0.63 LDI
3.3 50 30 3.0 3.0 0.88 ,.
75 75 2.4 50 30 4.0 4.0 '. (sLi ,
200 120 12.9 1.14
3.1 200 120 16.1 60 30 3.0 4.0 1.13
75 . 100 2.8 60 30 4.0 6.0 1.55 (.
60 30 5.0 8.0 LDI r:
3.7 ALUMINIUi\-1 1.95
60 (d{
100 75 2.8 UNEQUAL LEG ANGLES
60
40
40
4.0
5.0
6.0 1.87 \, . r, -.
3.7 (R-efIS,' 3909-1966) 8.0 2.38
80 40 4.0 6.0 2.10
4.5 ISA-LU. Series {
5.4 80 40 5.0 8.0 2.67 (.
80 40 6.0' 10.0 3.21 overall.
lOll 100 4.2 Size Weight per metre 100 40 scatin
125 75
5.2
6.2
5.2
mm I kg 100
100
40
50
5.0
6.0
5.0
8.0
10.0
8.0
2.95
3.55
3.39
"(
150 IT'-'
-
,
6.2
20 x 10 x 1.5 0.12 100 50 6.0 10.0 4.09 kg PCI : ,... ..
20 x 10 x 2.0 0.16 100 50 8.0 12.0 4.98 raised c
125 100 5.9 20 x 15. x 1.5 0.14 120 50
7.0 20 x 15 x 2.0 0.19 120 50 .
5.0
6.0
8.0
10.0
3.68 .~ .~
4-.43
ISO 75 5.9 20 x 15 x 3.0 0.27 120 60 6.0 10.0 4.98
150 100
7.0
7.9 30 x 15 x 2.0 0.25
120
1;0
60
60
8.0
6.0
12.0
10.0
6.08
. S.51
,...., I
10.2 30 x 15 x 3.0 0.35 150 60· 8.0 12.0 6.77
150 150 9.5 30 x 20 x 2.0 0.27 150 80 6.0 10.0 6.59
30 x 20 x 3.0 0040 150 80 s.o Cast ire
12.4 12.0 8.07
175 175 11,2
14.7
30 x 20
40 x 20 x 2.0
x 4.0 0.51 150
200
80
80
10.0
8.0
16.0
12.0
10.26
9.28 ~ .
0.33 200 80 10.0 16.0 11.74
200 200 12.8 40 x 20 x 3.0 Cast ire ..~....,
16.8 40 x 20 x 4.0
0.48
0.62
200
200
100
100
10.0
12.0
16.0
18.0
13.47
15.33 i
t
t;
-'
. ,
21
METAL ROLLING SHUTTERS
(ReferelU:e IS ":6248 - 1979)
Size ofroUing shutters is denoted by dear wtdth x clear height of the opening for which shutter is intended. Maximum
width without intermediate support (guide channel) is 9 metres. .
Types of shutters are (a) self coiling (push-pull, or manual) type upto 8 sq m clear area without ball bearingscand
between 8 to 12 sq m clear area with ball bearings; (b) gear operated (mechanical)type with ball bearings. For clear areas'
between 12 and 25 sq m opeart.edby gear box and crank handle, and between 25 and 3S sq m operated by"hand chain and
chain wheel mounted on worm shaft; (c) electrically operated, for clear areas above 35 sq m, upto a maximum of 50 sq m.
Fixing' position of hood cover and bracket can be on the inner or outer face of the wall either below or above .the
soffit of the opening, with the vertical guide channels fixed beyond the vertical face of the jambs. Fixing position of hood
cover and bracket can also be between the jambs, with the guide channels projecting in the opening or embedded in the
jambs. '
Rolling curtain is built up of interlocking laths shaped out of cold rolled steel strips. The laths are made of strips
not less than 0.9 mm thick for shutters upto 3.5 m width, and not less than 1.2 mm thick for shutters above 3.5 m 'width.
Cast Iron Gratings ( Ref IS .. 596/ - 1970) for drainage of surface water have a seating frame of size 560 x 600 mm
,-'9 overall, with a hinged grating of size 450 x 490 111111 overall rillcd ill it. The mlnimum specified weight of grutillg including
l ,-~ scating frame is 75 kg and is designed for 35 tonne load,
Cast Iron Steps for Manholes (Ref 1S : 5455 - 1969) can be of Pattern 1 which weigh minimum 4.~ kg per step, are
~>9.
~~·(.L~.
".r- .,.
150..mm wide and of overall length 375 mm of which 125 mm project from the wall. Pattern 2 steps weigh minimum 5.3
k~ per step, are 165 mm wide and of overall length 385 mm of which 125 mm projectfrom the wall. Both patterns have
raised chequered nonslip tread, are 25 mm thick and have lugs for grip in the portion intended for embedding in the wall.
Cast Iron Floor I Nahni traps (Ref IS :'3989 - 1984) arc specified to have following characteristics :-
:li.
. .
"
Design'ation
STEEL DOORS WINDOWS' AND VENTILATORS
. . . . '. '
•
~
'In the system of designation followed in IS for steel doors, wlndows and venu~ators the width, type and. h~lg~t are
indicated in succession. The width and height are indicated in the number of modules of 10 ern each. The type IS mdlca,lcd' C
fi,J
: by letter symbols-as follows :-
H = With horizontal glazing bars S ::: Side hung
N ::: Without horizontal glazing bars C = Centre hung C'
F :::Non-openable fixed units T Top hung =
intended for light only. B ::: Bottom hung e
Thus, the designation 10 HS 12 will indicate a window of 100 cm width, 120 cm heighl, of side hung type having
-
horizontal glazing bars, As all industrial windows arc provided with horizontal glazing bars, the letters H or N arc 1I0t used
t'
in the designation of industrial windows.
The widths and heights indicated in the designation arc nominal, ie they are-inclusive of a clearance of 1 em all around.
The actual dimensions of 10 HS 12 will therefore be 98 cm wide and ll8 em high.
• )
,
,
Glazing .
or
The tOUlI area of glaling panes required for each ly.pe door, window and ventilator, (separately in panes upto 0.5
sq m in each pane and in panes exceeding O.S sq In in each pane) arc indicated in the tables given below, and. on the next
page as a lime saver device for taking off (estimating) glazing quantities of steel doors windows and ventilators, Dimensions
"«
lil
C:
12 )
, of glazing panes have been measured to the nearest 5 mrn, and the area ofglazing, for each size of pane/per window eic., 10l-
has been calculated to the nearest om sq m It
Requirement of fixing lugs
The number of steel adjustable lugs to be provided f.orfixing the doors/windows/ventilators
in the relevant, IS are as follows :- '
of different sizes. as specified
•
6£.
Dimensions of steel doors,
windows and ventilators in metres
ReflS __1038 ·1983 RefIS: 1361 ·1978
(Industrial windows) Note 10 1
8N:
12 ~
6N~
Widlh Height' Top Bottom Each Top !Bouom Each
0.60,0.80, 1.20 2 2
side
I
side Fixing lugs made out' of
3.15 mm thick 14 mm
wide Ilats, bent at right
81
10 s
12~ t,
1.50 and 1.80
0.60 and 0.90
1.20 and 1.50
3 3
2
3
I
I
angle.fiaving one leg 70
mm lo.ig provided 'with
a slot, and other leg ]00
c (,
6NS I
Table of Sizes, Types, Glazing Areas and Glazing Clips ION.(_,
12NS 1
15NSt-
Industrial Windows (Ref [S __136/ - 1978) 18N~,
All industrial windows are with horizontal glazing bars. 5NS I:
None of the giazing panes exceed 0.5 sq m area per pane. 6NS~
10NS l~
12NS ,.
15N.SL
,
Designation
TOlalarea
in sq rn of
glazing in
Number of
glazing Designation
Total area
insq m of
glazing in
I Number of
glazing
18 NS IS
f
Fi;,
'of steel panes not , , clips required of steel panes not clips required w-:
window excdg 0.5 sq m per window window , excdg 0.5 sq m per window
(
0.72 12 16 F IS (Non-openable)
in each pane
2.11
I
30
-
5NF9
6NF9
IONF9
10 FlO iNon-opcnable) 0.84 12 16 C 20/16 T 20 /16 B 20 2.72 4{) 12NF9
10 C 15/10 T 15/10 B 15 1.17 18 16 F 20 (Non-opcnable) 2.84 4{) 15.NF9
i
10 F 15 (Non-openable) 1.29 18NF9
18 22 C 10/22 T 10/22 B 10 1.79 28 5NFl~
)0 C 20/10 T 20/10 B.20 1.61 24 22 F 10 (Non-openable) 1.91 2& 6NFI2 ~- -';
10 F 20 (Non-opcnabie) 1.74 24 22 C 15/22 T 15/22 B 15 2.80 42 IONFI2
16 C 10/16 T 10/16 B 10 1.25 20 22 F 15 (Non-openable) 2.93 42 i 12NFl2
16 F]O (Non-openablc) 1.38 20 22 C 20/22 T 20/22 B 20 3.82 56 t:: 15NF 12 "'")
!
16 C,15/16 T 15/16 B 15 1.98 30 22 F 20 (Non-opcnable) 3.94 56 j'. l8NF 12
l~
~
SNFI5
6 NF 15 ..
Note: In all industrial windows of C, T, or B designation the openable portion is 98 x 91$cm and rest of the area, if any, 12NF15
!ONm .""~" I
is made up of fixed non-openable glazed portions. 15NF15
18NF 15
. A~.
,,-.,
Note: Units ill this pari of Ihe table do 1101 require any glazing in panes exceeding
OS.sq m per pane.
, Doors, Side Hung Type Windows, Side Hung Type Fixed Lights, ";VindowHelr-ht
With Horizontal Glazing Bars With Horizontal Glazing Bars With Horizontal Glazing Bars
5NC6
..* 0.17 SNF6 .. 0.25
6NC6 '
0.21 6NF6 *! 0.29
0.36 10NC 6 ! 0.39 10NF6 0.50
! 0.47 12NC6 I 0.48 12NF6 ! 0.60
S 0.78 15NC 6 #I 0.70 15 NF6 II 0.76
S 0.94 18 NC6 If 0.89 18NF6 II 0.92
@ 1.19
@ 1.43 Fixed Llghts, Door Height Fixed Lights, Door Height
II 0.49 With Horizontal Glazing Bars Without Horizontal Glazing Bars
II'· _' u.61
@ 1.06 6 HF20 0.91 6NF20 'II 0.92
@ 1.28 6 HF21 0.91 6NF21 If 0.92
¢ 1:62
¢ 1.95
If 0,62
II 0.16 0.61
@
@
0.27
0.33
1.06
.1.28 .. 2 s 8
¢ 0.41 1.62 ! '4 @ 12
¢ 0.50 1.95 II 6 ¢ 18
.'
-- - ... -- ....
----.~----.. • P .'%
iC:S;SJ. __ £d1 ...~,...,i'. .@lb4'. iIIl~
e,
...
COMMERCIAL ABBREVIATIONS e
"e At or to
8.a.T. Against all risks. Af¢
NC' Account current. Au iI
Acc. ... .... Account, A{)J
alo Account of. Addci
aid After date. Af"I(
NS Account sale. Ad hi
B/E Bill of exchange. A~n
BIL . Bill of lading. Ad in
bls Bill of sale. A~I:
c & f·' Cost and freight included in price. Ad rc
- c.i.f. Cost, insurance and freight included in price.
A.~
C.O.D. Collect (or cash) on delivery:
Ad VI
Cr Creditor.
Care of.
A'_c
c/o
Alter
cIs Cases.
. C.W.O. Cash with order. A~:
d.d.
Dr.
Days after date.
Debtor.
A p-ril
A~5
Argun
l,
d.s, ' 4' ••• Days after sight.
d/y Delivery. BOt'
I
ca. Each. Cooter
E.E. Errors excepted. ea.j
, E. & O. E. Errors and omissions excepted. co~
f.a.q. Fair average quality. De :.(
f.a.s, Free alongside ship : buyer puts them on board and pays dues and charges. D(;~'
Lo.b. Free on board; the price quoted to include all the expenses of putting goods on D~ {)
.~ Lo.r,
f.o.v,
" ...
board ship,
Free on rail, i.e. loaded into wagons.
Free on van, i.e. loaded into vans.
Dci
Err~. \
f.o.w.
G.M.B.
G.O.B.
I.O.U.
inst.
Free on wharf alongside Ship.
Good marketable brands.
Good ordinary brands.
lowe you.
Instant (present month).
!
Eti'
Et ''1
Exerr
Ex •
~~
l~
,
\ I.'
Ltd. Limited, •
m.d.
rn.s,
... Months after date.
Months after sight
EXPj;
Ex : I
MIs. Messers. EX~
M.O. Money order. Fla I
n.a. No advice. Foni e i
No.
ola
Numero (number).
On account.
Force-:
Hunpr "I
% Per cent. Ibid~l1 f
Per thousand, Id ef'
0/00
p.n.
P.O.
Promissory note.
Postal order.
In eLc
Infra -i
I
P.T.O. Please turn over. In rc
Pereent By the hundred (centum). In si'"
pro rata ... In proportion. In sta«
pro tern. Pro tempore (for the time being). Inter .,1
Prox. Proximo (next month). In tC1H
Re As regards. Inter ~I
Shri Shrceyut, In tOlu
S'Shri Sarvashrecyut. In trp-·
R.S.V.P. Please reply. lpsissin
S.O. ... Supplied only, i.c, not fixed. Ipso l'~ .
SS Steamship. Jure nu
Ult. Ultimo (last month). Justo -
viz. Videlicet (namely, to wit). Lacuna
Xd Ex-dividend. Laps,'
Xi Ex-interest. Lapsus
Ex. div.· Ex dividend. Lex J~' ~ ..
Lp. ~.Librae, pence (pounds, pence).
Lex no'
-Do- or -do- Dittto or ditto.
cum.,div. With dividend. I Lite r'
~,-'l
,t..:.
.,;~.. ,
f ", '
,1·f",'
In toto
In transitu
Ipsissima verba
Ipso facto
Entirely.
In the course of passage or transit.
By the very words .
By that very fact.
Jure humano By human law:
Juste milieu The golden mean.
Lacuna A gap, A vacant space.
Lapsus calami A slip of the pen .
. ~.
. Lapsus linguoe '
Lex loci
Slip of the tongue.
Law or custom of the place.
Lex non scripta Unwritten law.
Lite pendente During the trial.
.. '"
~ ;;1'
4,j~i';~~)"''''
" .. , &;.-: .... =_ ...7\
i,
- ~
r ·:·1~i;~~i?~.i':<.y,...
<'" .
e •
.~Locum tenens A substitute,
. Locus standi
'Mal a propos
A place of standing; A .right to appear and be heard before a court in
a particular case.
III timed..
•..
Mala flde In bad faith; treacherously.
Mandamus Writ issued by higher court to lower court. ~J'
Me judice • 1 being judge; in my opinion.
Modus operandi Manner of working, C
Modus vivendi Manner of living; used as a, temporary working arrangmcnt,
Mutatis mutandis With the necessary changes. f.'
Nil admirari
Nolens volens
To be astonished at nothing,
Willing or non-willing, ~ 1
•
Non liquet, The. case is not clear. '.
Non sequitur It does not follow. -'
Nota bene (N.B.)
Nudis verbis
Mark well, take notice.
In plain words.
PI
Obiter dictum A word said by the way; a passing comment made by a judge.
Obscurium per obscurius An obscurity explained by another obscurity. C
Onus probandi The burden of proof.
Pari passu With equal pace; side by side. .e
Per • For, through.
Per diem Per day. e
Per mensem Per month.
Per se By itself. ("
Persona grata . An acceptable person. ,
..
Petito principii A begging of the question. (cf:) !
'Post meridiem After noon.
Peste restante To remain in post office until call for. c
Prima Iascie . At first view or consideration.
Pro et contra (pros and cons)
Pro forma'
For and against.
For the sake of form.
~
pr~
,I
Pro rata According to rate or proportion. ,"
Pro tempore For the time being.
(mur !
Quantum meruit As much as he deserved.
(
Quantum sufficit As much as suffices. I,>
\
J
<,
I. I
'1.18
l ~.;~
27
MEASUREMENT OF PLIN,TH AND CARPET AREAS OF BU'ILDINGS
···-ll~
.,( =, . (Reference IS: 3861- 1975)
.. ,itl~
l ,
-Plinth Area shall mean the covered built up area measured at 'the floor level of any storey or at tne floor level of the·
t'a-\~ basement.
\.\ Carpet Area shall mean the covered area of, the usable rooms at any floor level.
t'J~~
ii) '~t.) A Balcony is a borizontal :rojection with a handrail/parapet. serving as passage or .sitting out place.
,\
t'l Mezzanine Ftoor- An intermediate floor in between two main floors having minimum height of 2.2 m (oe minimum
"~l~~~
.:1.8 m where rules of the local bodies permit) from the floor and having proper access to it.
"trIG . (J'
Stair Co~'e~ (mumty), is the roofed space over a staircase and its Iandlng, built to enclose only the stairs for the
purpose of providlng protection from weather and not used for human habitation.
'".( ....~.
.',)?: .,A.:lio
'".( Loft is an intermediate storage area in between two main Iloors.
.;,~ '6;
:;:~?., , Porch is a covered surface (with roof supported on pillars or otherwise), used for the purpose of pedestrian or
vehicular approach to a building.
dij ~
\ ~~,
-::
fI Measurement v Measure lengths to the nearest om m. Work 'out areas to the 'nearest 0.01 sq m.
':.~t}\ The areas of each vf L:1C fuiiuw;ng caicgorics shall be measured separately :-
"~j •.
~~
1.,
~~t;.
'1"',
__l"
(a) Basement (b).Floor without cladding (stilted floor) (c) Floors including top floor which may be partly covered
(d) Mezzanine floor, and (e) Garrage, -
- ' Measurement of Plinth Area Following areas shall be included 'where occuring in each category of plinth area t-
:'~'\'J:t;
>
(a) Area of the wall at the floor level excluding plinth offsets it any. When the building consists of columns projecting
Ir::f;'~.' beyond the cladding, the plinth area shall be measured upto the external face of the cladding ( In case of corrugated sheet
-.~'fi;~:.,.
~,. cladding outer edge of corrugation shall be considered) (b) Internal shaft for sanitary installations and garbage chute:' 'I
I.
'~'\ provided these do not exceed 2 sq m in area, vertical duct for alrconditloning, and lift well including landing (c) Stair cover
~14~· (mumty) (d) Machine room, and (e) Porch . I:i;
.•~
,Jtl-·(
;~lt
"~f;
'~f1.'".-:;;..
J.
'.,
~
Tlie following shall not be included in the plinth area :-
(a) Additional floor for seating in assembly buildings/theAtres and auditoriums (b) Cantilevered porch (c) Balcony
(d) Area of loft (e) Internal sanitary shaft and garbage chute provided these are more than 2 sq m in area (f) Area of
archltcctural band, cornlce., etc., (g) Area of vertical sun breaker or box louver projecting out and other architectural features.
for example slab projection for keeping f1o.weepots (h) Open platform G) Terrace at floor one (k) SpiralStaircase including
I
-1~_, . landing, and (m) Towers, turrets domes projecting above the terrace level at terrace.
tt ..
~j.
,~,.
Wall Area means the area on plan occupied by walls ( including thickness of finishing/dado if the height of such
,#;.; -:.. finish is more than 1 m from floor finish) on any particular floor and qualifying for Inclusion in the plinth area,
:~6f
• \
.~~J.
~~I.
.~rft? :- The following shall be included in the waILarea :-
(a) Area on plan occupied by door and other openings (b) Intermediate pillars, supports and other such obstructions
within the plinth area irrespective of their locations (c) Pillastcrs along wall if exceeding 300 sq em in area (d) Flues within
:~ht:l. the wall (e) Built-in cupboards! alrnirahs/ shelves appearing within a height of 2.20 m from floor (f) Fire place projecting
beyond the face of wall' in living or bed roo~
)l~~(
;~t"~Q The following shall be excluded [rom the wall area :-' _
(a) Pillaster along wall not exceeding 300 sq cm in area, and (b) Cliullah platform projecting beyong the face of the
"'&1
~~~';
i~ wall.
P;i ! fJ Carpet Area shall mean the plinth area less the area of following portions :-
1%] I(,) Note:· (1) IS:. 3861 - 1975 also lays down the method oj measurementoJ 'Rentablearea' oj residential and nqn· I
-.'~~JI.CL residentialbuildings.
d
!
~"'r)I O·
: 'i~:;~ -. .
(2) ~;:a S:;'h~d:~:~~~l~~::U~l:i~~t
oj 'plintharea rates'.
:fe:r:;c~a~:~:~o;:;~;~~:;fe ~~~e,:~:J
c~stUS:;~I~~
~~:~g~~nt~~/i~:i~ ,
.
:;~5-:J\!.C,~,
~~~
{F! c
..
';~'~ ..
---,---
.,.... .....::. ~
...:1
~~. ~- v-'-.f; •. -.: ...
"..;' -,'
•••• - 4
e ·0'
CENTRE LINE METHOD FOR ~ORKING OUT QUANTITIES .P-
t
.~
T1 .\
_1
1
-----,I 1 2 sIr' ~
[
i
r
I
L...--.
e
A A
...
1. Buildings without Re-entrant Portion (Figure marked 1)
i) Length of centre line of external walls == 2 (A+B) • 8 (~ ) .Cr
~
ii) External perimeter = 2 (A+B)
iii) Internal perimeter of external walls = 2 (A+B) • 8 (t) C'
2. Buildings with Re-entrant Portion (Figure marked 2 showing one re-entrant portion) C
i)
ii)
Length of centre line of external walls
External Perimeter
=
==
2 (A+B) + 2 (X) - 8 (~ )
2 (A+B) + 2· (X)
e
..
e
iii) Internal perimeter of external walls 2 (A+B) + 2 (X) - 8. (t)
The set of Ih;ee equ~ion; in sl. No.2 should be suilably modified ifmore than one re-eniraru portion occurs in the building plan.
,
Wht'~e 'A' !!'ltj '8' ?or,:the extreme dimensions 0/ length and width of the building in which all offsets and corners are )~,
at 90 0 • uniform thickness of external. walls is 't' • and 'X' is the length of the re-entrant portion where applicable.
It is much simpler to remember that in the above kind of buildings. to work OUt (a) length of centre line of external
c
walls, or (b) internal perimeter of external walls, or (c) length along centre line of plinth protection of uniform.width running
all aroundthe building, or (d) length of the edge of roof slab having uniform projection beyond outer ",'ails, or (e) lengths
along the centre line of successive offsets shown only on one side of the external wall, or (I) similar situations :-
the required length == Length along external perimeter of external wall (+) or (-) 8 limes the shift from
c
•,I ~
.+
"~
the external face of the external wall to the point at which Lhelength is to be worked
out.
Usc (+) sign in the above equation when the centre line which is being calculated
-s 111
falls outside the external perimeter of the external walls (as in the case of (c), (d)
or (e) above. and use (-) sign for vice vcrs a (as in the case of (a) or (b) above).
C "', .
It will be worthwhile to note tha; the calculation of centre line docs not get atfcctcd by any increase in the number
C
>
of right angle offsets in the building. as each external corner formed by an addltional offset will be compensated for by a
corrrcsponding internal corner formed by the offset.
C i -,
i
I
( "
i fa c
I
I /
I.I i
I.
I •
:)
')
Rectangular Tank
~,:~----------------------------
...... -----_.- ---_._._-----------------_._------_._._--- ---- •.• ,. ,-y--
._-_--- .._._---------_ ...._------_._---- ____________ • ~h. ··_·_· · --•
29
..
I '
r::200 f
-li>-1f~
100
E
Vl~ . Ibid:
C
@]TTT D§~§
300
. ~.
~
-hoot-
.
."
1 r- 700;
30<Anm
Ibid.:
·F
~Ijj_
B
1-~-i
FOUND ....TION DBTAD..S
. i!: " .
··ll: ... For the building in the above sketch, quantities of work in foundations of the external walls will be calculated on III,'
-r ~\.
..
bUSISof length of centre line of the external walls. For quantities of work in foundations of cross walls the effective lengths
of excavation !eanhwork. concrete in foundations, brick offsets etc. (duly allowing for work already measured for external
walls), are worked outas follows :-
;.!!i lit.
~."Si: .,
Cross Wall Marked An
.'~I . .ilo The centre to centre length of cross wall AB is 3300 mm. At both ends il meets the external wall. The width of
..Ji .... foundation of external wall is 700 mm and width of foundation of cross wall is 600 mm. .
'i~.
) !
:' I
) 3300 (-) 700 = 2600 mm = Length of excavation in trenches and length of concrete in foundation for cross
.) wall AB clear of the excavation! foundation concrete of the external walls .
':l'
,; 3300 (-) 500 = 2800 mm Length of bottom offset of brickwork ,·clear of the bouorn brick offset of
external walls.
"')
ii
.:-
-
. t"
3300 (.) 400 2900 mm Length of middle offset of brickwork. clear of the middle brick offset of
external walls.
) 3300 (-) 300 = 3000 mm = Length of top offset of brickwork. which tallies with the length given on plan.
~t
.j ( 1 Cross Wall Marked CD
!.'. The centre to centre length of cross wall CD is 2250 mm. At one cnd the cross wall CD joins the external wall which
, ~') is 300 mm thick and at the other cnd il joins the cross.wall AB 209 rnm thick. The widths of foundation of external wall
'I . and cross wall AB arc 700 mm and 600 mm respectively ...
.
(~
,.i'
l \'. 2250 (0) 700 + 600 = 1600 mm Length of excavation in trenches and length of concrete in foundation for the !
',)1, ~) 2 cross wall CD clear of the excavation! foundation concrete of the external wall I
J ,~. 22St)"(-) 300;200 = 2000 mm Length of top of brickwork, which tallies with the length given on plan.
I
R·, c..
iv
$.~
<
e I-
CALCULATION OF REINFORCEMENT
~ J~
Cover to Relnforcement "c
I
~'
Para i5.4 of IS :456-1978- Code of practice for plain and reinforced concrete lays down thot reinforcement bars shall
have concrete cover (exclusive of plaster or other finish ) as follows :-
{a)
(b)
At each end of reinforcing bar not less than 25 mm, nor less than twice the diameter of such bar;
For a Iongltudlnal reinforcing bar in il column. not less than 40 mm, nor less than diameter of such bar. In the
case of columns of minimum dimension of 200 mill or under, whose reinforcing bars do not exceed 12 111111. II
cover of 25 mm may be used;
" f"
,.
(c) For longitudinal reinforcing bar in a beam. not less than 25 mm, nor less than diameter of bar: -t-
(d) For tensile, compressive, shear or other reinforcement in a slab, not less than 15 mm, nor less thanlhc diameter
(e)
of such bar; and ,
For any other reinforcement. not less than 15 mm, nor less than the diameterof such bar,
eo
"
f
The.cover may be increased by the'RCC designer by inserting notes in the structrual drawings or by making stipulations
,in the spcclfications to cater for special considerations like proximity of saline water, harmtul chemicals CfC. ~
l
For articles with thin cross Section like precast RCC fencing posts. certain government departments like the MES specify
concrete cover of 20 mm or twice the diameter of main bars. whichever is greater.
et
Lap Splices
e
Length of bars supplied by manufacturers is usually in the range of 8 to 13 m. When length of bars in stock is shorter f-
than the.required length the bars arc extended by providing lap splices. Allowance to be made for lap splices in the calculation lO
of quantity of reinforcement should be :- (.
(a) 24 limes the bar diameter, for bars in compression.
(b) )0 times the bar diameter, for bars in tension.
C
t ~
When the estimator is in doubt as to whether a particular bar is in compression or tension he should allow for 30 times -..
the bar diameter,
t 1,
I
Normally. bars larger than 36 10m diameter arc to be extended by butt welding. but if lap splices arc permitted for such
bars additional spirals of 6 mm diameter arc provided around the lapped portion.
(
When bars of different diameters arc spliced (as in curtailing of reinforcement) the lap length is to be calculated on (
the basis of the. smaller diameter of bar.
C
;
Cranked Bars "
For cranked bars add 0.4 t to allow for extra length due to cranking when bars are bent to lIli illciill:llioll of 45° , and ',:a t; I
add OJ l to allow for exira ICIII:thdue to cranking when bars arc bent to all inclination of 300. The values of 0.4 t and "
0.3 t are for each crank and thus if the bar is cranked at both ends twice these values will have to be added. (t = vertical (.
distance through which bar is cranked.) ,
v,
Allowance for books
For the purpose of anchorage, ends of all plain round mild steel reinforcing bars including the spliced ends arc
provided with hooks. Such hooks are not obligatory when using torstccl/ ribbed/deformed/cold twisted bars u~less
particularly shown or stipulated in drawings, or spccificatlons.
Whcn using plain round mild steel bars conforming to IS: 432-1960. or deformed mild steel bars conforming to
IS: 1)39-195~ the minimum allowance [or each hook is 9 times the diameter of bar (but in no case less than 75 mm) rounded
ofno the nearest 5 mm~ andworks out as follows :.
5 75 16 145 32 290
6 75 .20 180 36 325
8 75 22 200 40 360
IO 90 25 225, 45 405
12 110 28 250 50 450
, The same allowance as given above is required for each of the two hooks provided for the purposes offorming binders,slirrups.
links and-the like.
«:
,
31
(-" CALCULATION 9F REINFORCEMENT (con rd.)
.;.
(
.A~'-I~2~i' For finding length of bars required (excluding hooks and
laps) in a circular flat slab, find out a square of the same
(;~"" ;
I' i'\. area as the circlular slab using formula S9 .. on
.~
r: page 126 of this book. Total length of bars required
l~...
\
I es: \ ... for such a square slab (calculated with the same
,. I... reinforcement and spacing as that of the circular slab)
~ I... will be same as total length required for the circular slab.
b Allowance for hooks and laps can be added later on.
II...
·)
~ ./ The same principle as above can be applied for finding
~ '/ .
.
' ,
j
" .l'l_IW
. reinforcement required in Ilat walls and slabs of curved
or irregular shapes .
(
o
)
T at right angle to them .
Similarly, in the four rectangles formed at corners of the
slab, main reinforcement bars in both the directions will
be available at top as well as at bottom for tying to each
4m
... other at intersections .
( ~ Temperature/distribution/tying bars indicated in the
schedule of reinforcement of a two way reinforced slab
'~ arc therefore required to be calculated only for the four
rectangles shown shaded in the sketch, at top, as the bent
') up portion of main bars need lateral support which. is
provided by tying up with the temperature/distribution/
~:> tying bars.
In a two-way reinforced slab, depending on the design
,,) requirements, other reinforcement like extra bars over
support at top, corner bars etc., may be required. These
:) Two way Reinforced slab are not shown in the accompanying sketch .
..
J . When working out the number of main reinforcement
be remembered that :-
bars required in a slab. at the given centre to centre spacing, it should
.j
(a) No bars arc required to be provided over the support (wall or beam) in the direction parallel to the support.
The first bar in the direction parallel to the support is placed at a distance of half the specified centre
,:)
0"
to pentre spacing of the bars.
,) (b) The number of bars required are calculated by working out the number of spaces and adding one for the
.,. end bar .
J ·mlldersiSlirrulls/Lillks
J (a) Except where otherwise clearly indicated in the drawings, calculation for the number of binders/stirrups/
links in columns should cater for the complete vcrucal length of the main reinforcement of the column
j including the portion in Iooting/pcdcstalrbasc and junction with beams.
(b). Where a beam is supported on columns. either terminating at, or continuous beyond the column. no stirrups
J
.• ',' are needed for the portion of main reinforcement of the beam entering or passing through the column .
,.)
J
.~ \ ....c .• ,
•• _ •• ~ .• V .... "' ... _ ~~_r-'••..~.__~ ••~':'~~ .. _ .....~.•.!" ..
........ ~.... ...~~:~~~'r..A
!"'!:'".'\"t••~'c.,"':r1IiV"7.'7 ...:.'-"'".~:.Y':'.~~.r"~-~~"':""':~.!.+;.::;,:~~ '<r~i1~~~~~;:z_~, .4#:lmQ~~k~.
.Afi?$i:, '~. ,Q,
,.-,
."~
-,
(
~-
.~
32
, Slope
1 == Height inclination
ESTIMATING DATA FOR ROOF SLOPES, ROAD GRADIENTS ETC.
Angle of Value of
Natural
Value of
Natural
Value of
Natural
Remarks
1 I
I
i
(
i,
I
... 1 45° -00' When using the equations given below, lake
1 : 1.4142 0.7071 1.0000
( the span of roof equal to clear span between
1 : 11 33° -40' 1.2015 0.5544 0.6661 walls (+) thickness of outer walls (+) roof
z
1 : 2 26° -34' 1.1181 0.4472 0.5000
projections on either side.
..
j
I
( 1 : 2!.~ 23° -58' 1.0944 0.4062 0,4444
~ s----1
1 :
1:
1 : 4
212
3.
2io -48'
18° - 26'
14° -02'
1.0770
1.0541
1.0307
0.3714
0.3162
0.2425
0.4000
0.3333
0.2500
\S~;~~." I .
,
,
1 : 5 11° -19' 1.0198 0.1962 0.2001 r;:;?- i ~.
1 6 09° - 28' 1.0138 0.1645 0.1667
I
-,
) 1 : 7 08° - 08' 1.0102 0.1415 0.1429 I
1 : 8 07° -08' l.()O78 0.1242 0.1252 _l
;
1: 9 060-21' 1.0962 0.1106 ·0.1113 S = Span
)
1 : 10 05° -43' 1.0050 0.0996 0.1000
J
r-.
A
) J : 12 04° -46' 1.0035 0.0831 0.0833 Eaves J .
1 : 14 04° -OS' 1.0025 0.0712 0.0714 ,, Ridge1 ~
,
1 : 15 03° - 49' 1.0022 0.0666 0.0667 D ","'-
.) ,..
1 : 16 03° - 35' 1.0020 0.0625 0.0627
B '
VZHiP
C .) 1 : 18 03° - 11' 1.0015 0.0555 0.0556
C;) 1 : 20 . 02° -52' 1.0013 0.0500 0.0500 PLAN - Hipped end or root
1 : 25 02° - 17' 1.0008 0.0398 0.0400 It BD is venical distance
.) 010._ 55' between the eaves and the
1 : 30 1.0006 0.0334 0.0335 ridge level, then graphically
1 1 : 40 01° -26' 1.0003 0.0250 0.0250 CD represents actual length of
the hip rafter CB.
0) 1 : 50 010 - 09' 1.0002· 0.0201 0.0200
;)
NOTES
'J
Sloping length of Roof
t ~J To find the sloping length (slant length) of roof, (for common rafters, barge boards, sheeting, tiling etc) :
( ..,
. ."" Sloping length .= Span ofroof x Sec
.'
0
. . HiplValley rafters .
( .) To·find the actual length of hip/valley rafters .(also for ridge tiling over hip or for valley gutters):
:) ~ctuallength of Hip or Valley = 0.7071 x Span of roof x Sec 0 ..
.....} Height of Roof, or Rise due to road gradients etc.
To find rise of roof at a'given distance from the edge of eaves (or from the inner or outer edge of wall parallel to caves), OR to find
J the rise of road of a given gradient at a given distance from starting point:
Rise == -Tan0 x distance.
j
Sloping Area (or Actual Area) of Roof
)Acual Area == Area of Roof on plan x Sec 0
~J
. ",' '. . ,,~
_.)
.. '\
.. - _-
_.-_ ... ..__ ._---_ ..-- _._.--- -_ ..__ ._- --_.----_ ..__ .__ ._-_._-- .-~."
33
QUICK METHODS FOR ESTIMATING MATERIAL AND LABOUR REQUIREMENT
, IN DIFFERENT TYPES OF BUILDINGS
CBRI Roorkee in their Building Research Notes No. 31,43 and 44 have projected simple statistical relations fOFquick
• approximate estimation of the requirement of material and labour for various kinds of buildings for purposes such as budgeting,
, advance procurementofmaterials,justification of tenders and computation of Costindices. This information in a slightly concise form
>''-1, ., is reproduced here, with grateful acknowledgements to eBRI Roorkee,
~~~l. Statistical Relatlonships for Residential Buildings (Building Portion Only)
~':r j (A = Plinth area of one dwelling in sq m)
1..1,6)
·~/·i Statistical Relationships
f·j tl
~~.t'(-. I
Material/Labour Unit Single Storey Double Storey Four Storey
,,.;)Ii Bricks 100 Nos 2.26A + 66.8 2.15A + 63 2.S6A - 0.0096Al - 25.2·
0.153A + 0.57 0.14SA + 0.54'
~\'1'.. Cement'
Steel
tonne
kg 21.3A - 314 21.97A - 305
0.2024A - 0.364
102.46A - OA01N - 1662
!Hi~t. Sand
Coarse Aggregate :-
cu m 0.47A - 7 0.43A - 5.6 0.J97A - 0.38
'1..
Brick Aggregate eu m 0.1l3A - 0'[S3 0.056A - 0.4:?, 0.02IA + 0.01
~t· Timber for :-
(i) frames and shutters cu m O.OI9A + 0.23
\
~,i;f
Stone' rubble cu m - - O.032A
. .... \
LAnOUR' •
~I~.
Mason' day 1.335A + '28 1.355A + 6 I.S93A - 2
~(.Carpenter day 1.184A - 9 1.l94A - 9 l.66A
Painter day O.19A O.19A O.19A
{i;j Blacksmith day 0.269A -4 0.274A - 1.4 UIA - O.0043Al - 17.6
"~TI"\•
" -' Mazdoor day 4.769A + 32 4.91A + 13 5.833A - 9.2
~. 4 .IIIU NOTE: The above relationships are applicable for plinth areas ranging from 30 to 300 sq m in the case of single and double
lk"·
,- .:'
storeyed buildlngs, and upto 100 sq m for four storeyed framed buildings. Builder's hardware and rainwater goods will have
to be added extra, on as required basis.
~l)·
rJ~.
~~.
~!'" ,..
"~'\'I'
...
if;;,,'
:;;,-.~~
, r,
"
'
.
Services like water supply.plumbing, drains.and electrical wiring etc., will have to be added extra. Specifications
common for ~he above three types 'of buildings are given below, followed by portion of specifications which are not Common .
~or the three types.
Common Speclflcatlons
~:..\.
':"(
~i .•~-...
"
" . Excavation in ordinary soil. Brickwork (traditional) in cement mortar 1:6. Half brick thick walls in cement mortar
I:~ rci!'lforced with hoop iron. Sand filling in plinth. All RCC work in cement concrete 1:2:4, finished on exposed faces
Wlth.6 mrn thick plaster in cement mortar 1:3. 38 mm thick cement concrete 1:2:4 floor finish,laid on cement concrete 1:5:10
bed ID ground floor, but laid directly on RCC slab in upper floors. Timber joinery having 100 x 75 mrn frames fixed with
Ht_'6} m.s. holdfasts, and 38 mm thick shutters, panelled for doors and fully glazed for windows. Wall plaster while washed internally
~.'
~l~l!'
t, ~:.
I
e .
and colourwashed.extemally: Painting to woodwork and exposed steelwork. Pr~ast.RCC in shelves and raised cooking
platform. Round steel guard bars for windows. RCC staircase. for double storeyed and four storeyed buildings •.
r~l~i
~.
(':t~. .!)
.. ,-.1111'
..
"""
t .~
: ':.;~'
.
c
. Load bearing single arid ~ouble storeyed buildings Four storeyed (RCC famed) buildings C
,
.' Ordinary strip foundations, with pce 1:5:10. RCC coloumn footings on PCC 1:4:8 levelling course •
e
Wa~rprOoiing to roof slab consisting 6 mm thick piaster,. Same as' single/double storeyed buildi~gs,. but finis~ed ,
. bitumen lilck coat and 100 mm thick lime concrete terracing
.. ::,' Plaster in cement morar'I:6, 12 mm thick on th~ smooth
with 40 mm thick concrete topping after laying lime terracing.
II t't,
..
Plaster 12 mm thick in cement mortar 1:4 internally and 20
. :.:. side of brick willis and 20 mm thick on rough Side of wall; .mm thick externally including neeru finish. I
~.
Timber cupboard provided.
e
Statistical l<c!auIJII,ilips for Vl'ljc" ISlIilUill~S \lIl1ilUilll: I'(lniun Vllj~'1
e
(A = Pliut h urea ur :III stOI'l'j's added up, in sq Ill) :1
;,(,....~-;~Jl....;J..... r·l)r;u··-r-;;;:';;I~;~:·.;I·i~~'I:IIIIIII~hl"
..... ~li;I~';ili/I.ili,.;;;;·· - t·
L11111 ~lall~li"al R<:I;uillllship I'
c 9.
~.smJI sU: J ~-oI.:;It ..::-.:~.~. ..;.j.50 Li nc
..
q 0.0754A - 51.21
~~: ~.J.2!m ~ cu m U.116V •• 20.74 Su~khi cu m 0.0204A - lS.39
1(, ~;;-7l'a~ cu rn (J.(J15IA· 73.91
- .. .~ .•\I;,rblc chips q 0.133SA - 48.52 ~
~::~.:c :~4 cu m 0.0...::6.-\ • 38.37 s'
,\1: rblc powder cu m 0.0012A· 0.36 1 -.
Tim/lcr for: f
(i)
S! .
Iormwork cu In
(ii) joinery .. cu m
O.005CJA+ 11.19 LABOUR ~, r ;.
0.0024A· 0.53 Muson day 1.l314A· ~1
407.40
Carpenter day 0709·1(\ + 449.09 cr
..
Bullies (centering) III 0.5507 " + 797.75 Glazier day O.OI22A + 10.31 e i.
Bricks 100 Nos 1.1829A • 524.23 Palmer day 0.0905A + 37.26
Steel tonne O.0479A Blacksmith (; F!-
d()y 0.479A
Flush doors sq m O.0636A • 17.07 tvIazdoor 1\',
day 6.055 A • 2024.37 ( p}
r,. ,
,,
NOTE': The above rctutlonships are applicable for plinth UL'CUS ranging from 1600 to 2600 sq m spread over 4 10 10 storey
high offlcc buildings. having average storey height of 3.10 m, The relationships do not include for builder's hardware, '.. .
waterproofing 10 lOp of roof slab, rainwater pipes, and services like water supply, plumbing, drains, sanitary fillings. and
electrical wiring. Materials required for scaffolding arc excluded, Quantity of steel consists of about 80% deformed
reinforcement bars, the rest being round mild steel bars for rcinforcemcnt and a small negligible quantity of flat iron holdfasts.
, .,. M
Speciflcatlons for the various office buildings considered in working' out the above relations arc substantially same
:IS those given for four storeyed rcsidcntlal buildings OIl pages 33 and 34 except thaI :_ "
Lean concrete (under RCecloumn footings) is pce 1:5:10.
w;_")
. Flooring allover is 40 mm thick marble chips nooring cast-In-situ, consisting 31 mm thick underlayer of PCC 1:2:4, w
and top layer of 9 mm thick marble chips mixed with marble powder and cement (terrazo cast-In-shu). The marble chips M':-"
flooring is laid on 100 rnrn thick pce 1:5:10 subgradc in ground floor, and on 50 mm thick lime concrete (using brick aggregate)
cushioning layer on upper floors. .,. Ul
1e"-;
backing. Dado/skirting consists of 6 mm thick marble chips (tcrrazo) layer cast-in-situ, on IS mm thick cement plaster 1:3 5C
Lc
35 mm thick flush door shutters fixcd 10 100 x 60 mm wooden frames. Holdfasts embedded in PC'C I:3:6 blocks. FJ,
Windows arc standard steel glazed windows. Door/windows finlsbcd with oil-paint. , ,
~
Walls plastered in cement mortar 1:6, 12 mrn thick on fair face of brick walls and 20 mm thick on rough face and
given whilC/colour wash both internally and externally. . , '. ,
-e-,
~, ,.
~;
/"'.
i~.,.
'.
35
Material/Labour for Internal Water Supply and Sanitary Services
I~ (Accomodation buill for Government employees considered)
.,
0
r~ +-.
25m" 37 m2 55 m2 84 m2 122m'2 42m2 60m2 70m2 112 m2
I'~ W.C Sel 1 1 1
l.~ 2 2 1 1 1 2
Wash basin SCI 1
-
0 0
1 2 1 2
Sink -
0
Sct
IY SoiVwaste pipe:
0
0
1 I - 0
1 1
r'W (i) 100 mm dia m 3.20 4.70 5.80 7.20 8.90 8.10 8.30
I " .(ii) 75 mm dia m 0 0
8.90 lOAD
3.90
0 0
Towel rail
),
No. - 0
1 2 - 0
1 2
Labour
,
., Fitter
Mason
day
day
3.71
2.29
5.68
3.27
8.63
4.87
11.51
6.45
18.85
8.83
9.90
3.60
11.50
4.::'0
13.80 20.60
Painter day 0,44 6.00 7.89
0.62 0.79 1.15 1.70 1 1 I
.Mazdoor 1.80
..,~ duy 8.11 11.38 16.34 20.63 30.35 17.60 22,()0 24.00 34.60
'.~
Material/Labour for Internal Water Supply and Sanitary Services
,~
W.C. Seal/pan Set 0.33 C.I.bend/junc tion No. 1.80 G.I. pipe 32/50 mrn size m
Wash basin Set 0.33 SWG pipe 150 rnm 1.50
m 0.70 Bib cock, 15 mm size No.
Mirror. towel rail & soap dish Sel 0.33 Cement 0.50
tonne 0.D3 SLOPcock, 15 mill size .No.
Urinal Set 0.33 Sand 1.20
cu-m 0.08 PVC connector No.
100 mm dia soil pipe m 3.30 Coarse aggregate 1.20
cu m 0.14 Filler day
50 mm dla waste pipe m 2.40 Spun yarn 3.30
kg 1.10 Mason day-
Lead for joints kg 9.10 G.I. pipe, 15 mm size 1.60
. FIoor/nahni traps m 2.30 Painter day
No. 0.70 0.1. pipe 20/25 rnm size 0.45
m 2.00 Mazdoor day 5.00
c .:
Some limes hbccomcs necessary 10 quickly check the accuracy of a detailed estimate in which some major mistake
is suspected. Before the)' can be rectified, such major mistakes have first to be located, whieh can be done by applying the
following cross checks/rhumb rules :-
....1I r
i f"
I
Excavation and Earthwork
t
(;t) Total quantity excavated must tally with the total quantity of spoil disposed off.
\I .
I
(b) If quantity of earth required for refilling in foundations plus earth for filling under floors exceeds quantity
excavated, check whether winning extra earth or rnurrum lias been measured.
~.
\ ( "
Concrete e
Ratio of depth of the concrete bed in foundations to the depth of foundation' trench should work our nearly same as e
the ratio of cubic contents of concrete in foundations to the cubic contents of excavation in trenches for foundations.
f;
.... i .-,
Reinforced Concrete
The ratio of total cubic contents or rCillil.)l<.:eJconcrete to the total weight of reinforcement should be worked out, and
\ __:_-
checked with the following data :-
1 (i) In residential buildings without full-length verandahs and so. involving only occasional verandah columns!
brcssumur beams, and with lond-bcnring .W'II1S, where the cuhic contents of concrete consists mainly of
slabs, inc ratio works out 10 0.70 10 (l,1l5 quintals per ell III of concrete.
.e
I·,
C
(ii) In buildings with load-bearing walls roofed over with RCC slabs, with full-length verandahs
roofed over with RCC slabs and supporting RCC verandah brcssurnur beams and RCC verandah columns .. ,
•
(usually as in officc/tcchnicul accornrnodarion/Adrnin blocks/single men's hostels or barracks etc.) the
ratio usually works out 10 0.90 to 1.10 quintals of rcinforccmcn; for evcry cu m of concrete. (The
proportion of steel increuscs on account uf Ihe more number of beams and columns involved).
,
f ;-,.
e
..
(iii) In framed structures the ratio will be about 1.15 to 1.40 quintals of reinforcement for every cu m of
concrete. The lesser proportion of reinfurcement will be obtained where sheer wall method is adopted in
the design. e
(
If il can be checked, the ratio of reinforcement: concrete, separately for beams, lintels, columns, slabs etc. should be
.worked out. These ratios can be checked with those given for reinforcement in various suuatlonsand SIIUClUralmembers on
page 97 of this book.
c I.
Furruwork
e. """,
Reinforced concrete in various situations, on an average requires the following quantities of formwork, (Requirement
of formwork varies widely with the sections of concrete, and hence the following should be taken as a rough indication
only) :-
.... ,.....".
Columns
Footings only
20 x 20 ern column shafts
. '
.. to 2 sq m per cu m of concrete.
"-,
• ~j-e
r.,
In stone construction
..
Beams
~ ...
(Average 25 em deep 38 CIT. wide beams with
"
~- occasional large beams)
I
tt
., Average 20 x '15 em section
Average 20 x 10 cm section
15 sq m per cu m of concrete.
18 sq m per cu m of concrete.
;':'R~..
::':~
:
":,~
(-
..., Average 38 x 15 em section
Slabs
In stone construction
10 sq m per cu m of concrete.
r~
Varies from 8 sq m per cu m to 9 sq m per cu m for 11 cm thick slab. With larger thickness of slab lesser
form work per cu m of concrete will be required. Also with more thickness of walls or more number of cross-
:;;;1 .. walls lesser quantity of forrnwork will be required per cu m of concrete in slab.
~,.;".
~~gr;
~~J
~ Staircases
Anchor beam '
Flight (with 13 em waist), including soffit, edge
10 sq m per cu m of concrete.
lk~- , ' of waist: ends of steps and faces of risers 9 sq m per cu m of concrete.
'~'Jl , Parapet (10 cm thick) 20 to 21 sq m per cu m of concrete.
,.I •
~lil'
"';J,.,.
Landing beam 9 to 10 sq m per cu m of concrete.
Landing slab (11 cm thick) 8 sq m per cu m of conc~ele.
qt.,. Overall for staircase 11 to 12 sq m per cu m of concrete.
!~\"l'
~!!f,'.' Chajjas
~l,. (9 ern average thickness) 14 to 15 sq m per eu m of concrete.
~'.l~
,
~J~. RCC boxes
(45 em projecting,S ern thick) 26 sq m per cu m of cOlpete for stone walling, and
30 sq m per cu m of concrete for brick walling.
~~J..wark' require
In .a dcam.Plerte re9sitden1 1ialbuilding of ftraditiOtnaf,l design, wtruith.load db~aringlowallls2' the totas formf
,:arles rom 0
t
sq m per cu m concre e or stone cons cuon, an trom 0 to sq m per cu m 0
~.l.~I.concrete for brick construction.
I A mistake most commonly liable to be committed is that in the measurement of formwork and concrete for Tee beams.
~t'it,) . Depth of Tee beams indicated in drawings is (usually) inclusive of thickness of slabs. As slabs are measured overall, depth
!i:J 1.,:of Tee beams should be measured exclusive of the thickness of slabs, both for concrete and formwork.
t;t "','
Brickwork J stone masonry
k~J.6#
~;
\
:d~ .
~"
A rough estimate of brickwork
fftl
-- '. : With 20 em thick brick walls throughout .'Area covered by walls is about 16 to 17% of the plinth area.
~~~.
": ~,
i~-",
(I 'With 30 em thick external brick walls and Area covered by' walls is about 20% of the plinth area.
J, "' 20 em thick internal walls.
ti~'f:;r;;~,:' >',,' ,
,V' ~tCIr>
- ; ~~:: '
Willi 3&em thick external stone walls and
20 cm thick internal cross walls.
Area covered by walls is about 22 to 24% of the plirlth area.
d'!~1 .._,.
;i, ~~,f" ' •. Willi 38 em thick s~one walls throughout. Area covered by walls is about 26 to 30% of the plinth area.
.,!~1. W '
~"1~t ..
'! c
.... \ ..
.. -~,
~. . f
1~\
'In two buildings of identical design. with sizes, location and disposition of rooms same, (i.e. floor area 0 rooms IS
same), but one with stone construction and the other with brick construction; then, the plinth area of the building with Slone "'I
construction will be larger by 16% as compared to that with brick construction. !f>
i
I
!
Flooring J C !_
I
Rough check on the accuracy of floor area can be exercised by using the details given under brickwork/stone masonry ,;t"
above. For this purpose areas of the different types of floor finishes should be added up.
Where flooring in different. storeys has been separately measured/abstracted, this may provice another useful cross check.
It
Total floor areas in different storeys will tend to be nearly same if overall dimensions of the upper storeys are not changed.
Plastering etc.
•
f;
For checking quantity of internal plaster add up lengths of internal cross walls and external walrs separately, after which (
r
area of internal plaster can be found as follows :-
(Length of external walls + twice the t01U1length of internal cross walls) x room height. e
From the above quantity the major deductions for doors •.windows. dados (tcrrazo, glazed tiling cic.) should be made
for comparing with quantity of plaster worked out in the detailed estimate.
e
Areas of costlier varieties of dados and Skirtings (tcrrazo, glazed tiling etc.) should be measured in detail. t-
Roof covering (
~ (.
For pitched roofs. area of roof covering call be checked by applying constants given Oil page 32 of this book.
In the case of water proofing to top of roof, check up whether area of water proofing required for upturns and tucking (:
in at parapet walls (if any) has been measured, Quantity required on this account may sometimes turn out to be quite large. 1
External painting/plasteringtrinishing
«i
Add up length of external wall faces and multiply by the height. from which deduct openings etc.
t:
F
{...
White/colourwushing
(
Area ""ill be same as internal/external plaster. fl
~.
Also check up whether whitewash to soffits has been measured. the quantity for which should approximately be equal C. i
to form work to soffits. Whitewash to sides of roof beams and soffits of beams and staircases and chajjas should be added.
C;, . I
Spot items I
m
'- ')
A list of some of the spot items and situations most likely to be Iorgotton 'by the lZ.:,er-off of a detailed estimate arc. T.
(_
given below :- .)
Ramps, plinth protection, open platforms and steps.
. Drop walls in verandahs and above large openings including lintels for the same, also internal gable walls.
.,
ilC
.,
Parapet walls above roof level, and chimney Ilucs etc. ~-)
Loft slabs and shelves.
,")
Plastcr/polruing to inner faces of walls enclosing lofts; internal gable walls above ceiling level; inner faces I...,
of sanitary shafts; and parapets above roof level, ant Q
Hip a.nd valley rafters, valley guucrs, aprons and flashings 10 chimney flues and other abutments such as parapets J,",~
C1C., In roof. .. J. )
,Ii- '
I.J,'
Bed blocks for fixing purlins and hip/valley rafters. .J
Pel met boxes. cor.
_)
Watcr storage Lank above lavatories.
)
NOTE :- The fist ?!cr~ssc!lcchgivell above is by 110I1IC(l".~ complete, and tile suggestions lIIay appear rather simple . ope
-.)
and obvIOUS. These crosschecks are given here wltl: the intention of suggesting as to how a detailed estimate a
may be checked in limited time available. Further crosschecks may be thought up and added to this list.
i!
dcn " "
n .,_)
i
I·
~; i
(.>_/
"I:;
-_._-,_._-- ,------- -- _..._._--------- ---_._------------_ .._.-._._---- . __ ._--_._ .._----_._--_._-_._---_ .. - ---------_.---------_. __ ._--------_.- ._-_. ------------,,_.,--_ ..._--_._---
".
:~iili~~~~!!~:i~~~~~~~~~~-~-~··;;;;~~:-=;~'-·3<··~'~'
.."":' ~
..~':.
i
.•,••S;;, .•,,.:•.' .
. ....,,"',~
'~.. ' ,-
v, .,
5
.
~,t4J'
' ...
.j
ANALYSIS OF PRICES
39 f\'
J i
Ii
- "~ . ,
'J .,
~. ~lements or builder's
Rates q.
costs
uotcd by a builder have to cater for the following :-
Materials, Overheads,
Labour, Establishment charges,
Tools and plant. Profit.
Cost of materials will include the price charged by suppliers, transportation/haulage to site of work, unloading
6tllnd storing. Allowance has also .10 be made for waste, pilferage, breakages, offcuts due to nonstandard sizes specified.
:~. dcprcclaton due to bad storagc,'rcturning empty cases, compaction/loss in bulk, and for cash/trade discounts available. Another
, ., lmponant consldcrntlon will be payments on account of statc/iracrstatc sales -t:lX. octroi. custom duty, royalty and the like.
~".
,.y.~
:\~:::.~ : Labour Requirement of labour can be met with by the builder either by entering into agreements with labour sub-
·_.'.,:,::~f. conlIactodrs by negotib3ting.ned~~ates payable Pferlunit of ca~1 ddiffcrent item of work or gelling wor': executed by directly
-"" .. employe labour, or y a JU ICIOUSmixture 0 t \C lW? met 0 s.
.'~(;~... . The .system of labou~ subcontractors is usually fo~nd to be cos.t-~i~e ~ffectiv~, but may tend to comprom~se.on
.C,~ the aspect of quality, Reputed builders usually opt to execute Imp~r.tant acuviucs like curing of concrete etc .• and 'finishing
<~:.~,• items' of work 'through directly employed labourers and the remaining bulk of work through labour subcontractors.
;F~·..
:1~~·· .• ·. ~ue allow~n:c as
.~..I.,· Regional Labour COmlT'lSSIOner,compliance
has .to be m.a~e for idle/travelling tim~. overtime,
applicable
provisrons of labour compensauon act and with
holidays with pay,. attend~n~e on
other labour regulations, rmmrnum
~i:.~.,
• fair wages,
!.. . .
< irrecoverable advance payments to labourers, and the like.
.
,.:;::.'.::
~~f~
:• I.~ situations where labour has to be imported, aspects like fares, paid leave, increments in scales. medical attention.
"~~ free messing/living accomodation, visa, passport, airport fees etc., may' also come into play .
.~:lt
, ':
'" ..;.
) The element of labour in the basic. rate therefore, is not calculated on the actual wages paid but on a previously
(·W ,.1 .• work~d out 'aU-in' rate for each category of labourer/artisan or item of work giving judicious we!ghtage 10 all the factors
,~: .. mentioned above. .
:k: ie
~.... -..
.
. Tools plant and machinery
,~
~ C-..~
--
:~:,.
j,~ Plant used on site is subdevided into ;-
.
item of work like brickwork, concrete etc.
.
(a) . Plant used for specific items of work which enables charging cost of its use to the basic rates of a particular
(b) Plant like cranes, hoists, scaffolding ctc., the cost of which cannot be broken down and allocated to individual
items of. work, and therefore has to be accounted for in the overheads.
;~~\:
C~ ., Cost of plant has to include for 'standing charges' consisting of interest on capital outlay and depreclation to
..ij' .. cater for replacement cost, maintenance and repairs, 'running costs' consisting of fuel, oil, lubricants and the operator's pay,
~~i e·
' ..
and 'variable costs' consisting of setting up the plant. temporary site work required in connection with use of the plant, shifting
!
locations etc.
~. /-'.
!i
"1' ( ~ Overheads
'l~ .1
'{(4; .
Overhead charges denote expenses incurred for a particular job/site by the builder put which cannot be "
~.',:.'
i~ (;}•.conveniently ioncluded in the basic cosdt.o~ SP~ifiC'fiitemds,of work such as brickwork etc.
j
W
l (~. .
verhead charges are sub ivided into rxe or 'one-time' overheads and 'variable' or 'time related' overheads.
Fixed or one-time overhead charges should include for all costs incurred in the initial setting up of an efficient.\J •
.
~
.1 1'~ operating work site, such as providing temporary site-offices, storage sheds, labour camp, canteen, ablution places, fenenY: '..'
~ .''j;) appro~ch.roadS, miidn~casling platforms, wate.r.tanks, curing tanks,. obtaining telephone/electrlcabwater co~n':Ctions.and for.
Z . .ltc,
:demo~lshmg and cleann~ all these temporary sl~e.works on co~pl~tlo?" A:l1ex~nses m ,ecnnecuon with shifting tools, plant,
1 '..J?;~~~n~~~ry·.~nd. fares-paid to employees for shifting to the new site are aiso treated as fixed one-time overnead charges.
:-~f::,·:~.:·:"
.. , . ','
....-~~~~-.--- " "'.- ?" F""-'..-=-.....,..".=-'-'L--"-'.~ ~'_~='"'T=.a~.='=:.._.:....:..:
..__'~'":-"-
.. -....;..._.-.,_"-~.;,-&A--- ;;
. ',,-,-,.,
t·{f1'::,\,-f''i:·~.."~·;f~~;:.::t·:··:::;:y-7i.:=*
.. ., < ':1 "'"
"; . 40 . - C'
Overheads '(continued) -
C
Variable or time related overhead charges should include for finance charges on the rolling capital employed (
(or loans/overdrafts from Banks) which will remain locked up during the period of construction and the amount of security
deposit untll the end of defects liability period, site office expenses like salaries of engineers, supervisors, timekeepers, clerk, (
cashier, watchmen, storekeepers, drivers of jceps/staff bus, stationery; postage, telephone/electricity/water bills, tea and
refreshments served at site, maintenance of site offices including furniture/equipment put up for builder's employees as well t·
as for supervising agencies working on behalf of the employer, repair and upkeep of all temporary works like mixing/casting
platforms, storage sheds, water/curing tanks, approach roads, fencing, labour camp, canteen, ablution places, petrol/oill f'
lubricants for jeeps, staff-bus, and pumps for pumping construction water, rents for hired accornodation if an)" and similar
. other expenses. ( .
Owning and using COSl\ or lure charges on general plant like cranes/hoists/scaffolding, pump for pumping construction
water and the like will also figure in the vanuble or,time related overheads. f r
Maintaining a skeleton teamof workers and supervisor for attending to defects cropping up uunng uic uclccts nubility f
period, may, depending on preference of the builder, be included either as a time related overhead or assessed on lump sum basis ami
...
"; included in the fixed or one-time overhead charges. C
The' foliowing items should not be lost sight of when ~oting up the overhead expenses :-
t
(a) Turnover tax, Income tax, and Sales tax (if the law requires the work to be treated as a finished article sold
by builder to the employer) as applicable. (
(b) In tendering for works for which an impossibly short period of completion coupled with penalty or prcasscsscd (I
liquidated damages are stipulated, the builder may have to reluctantly work out the likely penally/damages in advance and I
include them. in the overheads. (
(c) Builders being a pragmatic community may also have to accept facts of life and allow for the likely expenses
on entcrtainlng and' any inevitable extent of 'greasing' of officials in the employer's organisation. t.
Establishment Charges t:.
Expenses incurred on running the permanent head Office of the builder's firm (as distinct from the site office tr
meant' for a particular job) are termed as establishment charges.
Establishment charges include salaries of head office clerical staff like clerks, secretary and cashier, low grade (
employees like peons, messengers, drivers of office cars, attendants, cleaners etc., specialist staff like accou'uant, cstlmator/
quamity surveyor for working out tenders, and administrative staff like Directors (fcc/salary as applicable) or working partners cD
(their salary being distinct from share in net profit), Other incidental expenses incurred by the head office establishment arc
: telex/telephone/clcctricity/water bills/stationery, postage, depreciation of office furniture and equipment like computers/telex C
machines/typerwriters etc., rent/repairs of office premises, theft/fire insurance, legal fees to lawyers and professional fees' paid
to chartered accountants and consultants.
"
The percentage addition for establishment charges to be made in each tender submitted by the firm is decided
by comparing the annual turnover of the firm during the previous year with the total expenses of the head office during the
previous year. ,
Do
Profit
Simply stated, profit to a builder, similar to any other commercial transaction, is the difference between the
all- inclusive construction cost and Ihe contract amount paid by the employer.
Building contracts provide for interim or on-account payments at fixed intervals of a month (or less). The rolling
capital required by the builder on a particular job therefore is only a fraction of the total contract amount. The net profit
in a building contract may be (say) only 10% but the. return on the rolling capital employed can turn out 10 be as large as
120% per annum, or even more. (As an example consider a contract for Rs. 60 Lacs to be completed in 12 months, with
stipulation for monthly on-account payments. If the tender allows for )'0% profit, the yield on the initial rolling capital of r
about 5 Lacs inclusive of the cost of site mobilisation will be Rs.6 Lacs or 120% per annum.) -, j
Any extent of care exercised in working out the legitimate costs involved in a work cannot neutralize risk elements
like meeting unfavourable strata in foundations, inclement' weather, strikes, labour and political unrest, or for that mailer the Da'
gravest risk of. the owner (employer) going bankrupt half way through. The percentage mark-up for profit by t!'lebuilder is
therefore considered as inclusive of the risk elements. '" l" .....p ...'
Competition \ J
_ Keen competition by a builder for a particular tender may consist of allowing for a lesser percentage of profit, , -, .... _.
which ho~ever has obvious Iimitations, Keen competition is therefore synonymous with extra care and meticulous working
out of the costs involved so as to reduce the clement of risk.margln required to be built up in the tendered amount. [.
,
,
-. . . 1_.. . _ _~._L ..-, ",
(
41
WORKING UP ANDSUBMISSION OF TENDERS
.~_( I
~~~ To survive and succeed in his profession a builder has to compete with others in gcuing works awarded to him at a reasonable
l ~gin of pro lit. Time allowed for submission of tenders is usually so short that to meet the lender deadline a well laid out drill and
,•.C! considerable effort and planning is required. •
~ 6i)' On an average. a well established builder may have to compete and quote for about 6 to 10 jobs before he 'lands'
,/"" one. The 'success ratio' ranging from 1 in 6 to 1 in 10 may go down to as low as 1 in 20 during dlfficult timcs and recession.
~ ,", 'The tendering team of a builder's organi$alio~ has to keep a lot of information. references. standard catalogues
~,:"andprices, ' where to buy what' lists etc •• ready at hand and also a few dependable subcontractors of each discipline prepared
JI WlO work for the builder, from whom quotations can be obtained at short notice. Feedbacks from supervisors of on-going jobs 7·
i~\
ti0n actual costs of various items of work arc obtained, carefully ruonltorcd/compurcd and kept 011 record for reference.
<,
'''i
:f~ STEPS IN WORKING OUT A TENDER ,1\",
,0:
,:~('~ Assuming that 42 days (6 weeks) arc available for preparing the quotation, the various steps leading to
r,
I"
'~~.'J) Day No 1 to 3 Initial reading through of documents, perusal of drawings and decision io compete.
~'~'-.) Day No 4 to. 31 Working out detailed quantities in the case of lump sum tenders (bill of quantities being usuuiiy not
supplied in Indian tendering practice) either 'in-house' or as a 'farmed out' job. This activity is always
_
(."~.'
",~. Day No 4. 10 20
critical when quoting for Jump sum tenders.
Careful reading through of documents, despatch of inquiries and receipt of quotations from
subcontractors for electrical/water supply/plumbing items ctc., and from suppliers of building materials/
proprietary articles.
I ) 'nay No 6 to 10 Prepare check-list of items of information to be collected. Visit 10 the site of work and to the agency
~ .-., supervising the work on behalf of tlte owner/employer. Asscssilll: the l1alur('./c"ICnt and COStof all site
mobilisation work likc approach roods, fencing, site offices ctc., that will be needed. Assessing extent
;_c-,
'j '-.
of competition thut will be encountered. Discrete enquiry about the soundness of the owncr/crnpioycr
and his capacity to pay ensuring regular 'interim payments and cash flow.
Day No 10 to 20 Decision on construction methods, programming of work and relating these to the time allowed in the
tender for completion of the work on ground. Drawing up of network if required to be submitted along
:~'('
, ,..,. with the tender.
"
.'.-.
(, Day No 21 to 25 , Assessing cost of overheads of fixed as well as time r~ialed nature,
~fI(:
(~ Day' No 26 to 31 Work out basic unit rates (exclusive of overheads/establishment charges/profit) for all items of work
in readiness for pricing the detailed quantities. It is a goad. policy to work out basic unit rates
indepcndamly for each job. _J
I
.\
Day No 32 to 38 Pricing the worked out quantities at the basic unit rates and striking a total. This total when compared
with the total cost of overheads for the job in question yields the percentage mark-up of the basic unit
j~
rates to cuter for overheads.
Day No 39 to 40 Establishment charges (or head office charges) expressed as apercentage for
a prirli~uiar; builder.
usually remain constant for all jobs. A policy decision about the percentage ofprofit ismade for.each,
~
.
r: \ .,'
job depending on the size/type/nature of job, risk factors involved and the extent of urgency lO secure
work. Rate to be quoted fer each item 'of work in the bill of quantities will be :-
-~
I, Basic unit rate + overheads, establishment charges and profit together expressed' as a percentage.*
,f.I' Day No 41 The blank tender documents arc neatly filled up, signed and stamped. Accompanying documents like
I~'
forwarding letter, instruments of earnest money, programme of work, cash flow requirements/stage
41).
t '.~, payment schedules etc., typed and kept ready. - -
'~ f?ayNo 42. Submission of tender,
/~- .
,'.j ,',...
NOTE: Most Government departments consider 5% overheads, 2.5% establishment charges and 10% profits totalling up
... I,," to a mark-up of 17.5% on basic costs as reasonable. Builders however have their own opinion about these mark-
ups and these vary from one builder to another. Establishmcnt charges. for example, could be as low as 0.5% for
.. ~,
single entreprenuers. When quoting for jobs in the vicinity of a work-in-hand with the builder the overheads would
be lower than jobs in new stations. The percentage of profit allowed for could be lower for jobs of large magnitude.
: '~ Overheads and establishment charges are highest in the case of a public limited concern, followed by private
limited companies, multi-partnership concerns and single proprietorship concfrns in a descending order.
,'rt
-..j
f. ,
WORKING OUT UNIT RATES.
Work,ing out unit rates for various items of work for the purpose of submitting tenders and for assessing the reasonability
of rates quoted by others, at all levels i.e, the employer/owner's supervising agency, consultants, architects, builders, subcontractors s-;
etc" needs to be done with due care.in 1\ systcnuuic IIntl methodical mariner. Adhocism, guesswork or reliance on rates projected by
others may lead to grave consequences. Unit rates should be based on well established and tested constants compiled from actual
observations aL site duly co-related and checked by theoretical calculations.
Averageconstants for requirement of materials per unit of various items of work and for output of labour/machinery/
plant/transport etc., are given in this book. Example illustrating the method of working out rate is given below using market rates
prevailing in Pune urban area for work in private sector, during January 1990.
Item of work Cement concrete 1:2:4 using 20 mm graded coarse aggregate in reinforced suspended floor slabs (excluding.
formwork and reinforcement).
Unit Per cubic metre.
'i:"-.' .
Note: Rate for concrete work is usually calculated in two stages. The basic rate for concrete mixed and
'delivered on banker is first worked out, The cost of conveying, pouring, vibrating/consolidating, finishing and
curing the concrete in the particular situation (i.e. slab, column, beam, chajja, lintel. foundations etc.,) is then
c
added to it.
r
{
CONCRl:."TE DELJVEIU~J) ON HANKER
(
M..terials (at market r..res incluxive of delivery to site of work)
Cement
Coarse aggregate
: 308.53 kg i/c wastage @ Rs. 1.60 per kg
0.88 cu m @ RS.lSO.OOpercu m = 132.00
Rs. Rs.
-Ie
Sand 0.44 cu m @ Rs.140.00 per cu m
'Cost of coarse aggregate and sand
= 61.60
193.60
Ie
!
Add for 2.5% wastage on coarse aggregate and sand
Cost of coarse aggregate and sand
= 4.84
= 198.44 198.44
e
Cost of materials = 692.09' {.
Labour and plant (at calculated 'all-in' wages) (
Mazdoor 0.50 day @ Rs. 30.00 per day 15.00 .(
Bhisti' : 0.10 day @Rs. 35.00perday = 3.50
Hire of mixer machine including operajor's pay r
.. (
and -dicscl etc.,
Daily allowance payable to
0.07 day @ Rs.42S.00 per day = 29.75
(.
mixer operator 0.Q7 day @ Rs, 25.00 per day
Cost of labour and plant
= 1.75 •
Cost of concrete delivered on banker
= 50.00 __i0.00 ,,
= 742.09 (
I
J
_ .... _.--:-. -:7:_ .:..• ;.t~
.:~?~j.7.:\.~"~'~·'[::;·$
. ..~;,;:;r.t::1Ell~=- j:,a.:a_.
.. ~'_
i.
- 43
,,4:, WORKING~COSTS OF TOOLS AND· PLANT
~
( " Working CO$tof plant is made up of :.
U (a) Standing cost (This may also be termed as 'owning COSI'),
C-, (b) Operating cost
U' .'
.. STANDING COST
'~
,U For working out the standing cost of plant it is best to use the simplest method available, this being the 'straight line
;" method', whieh is illustrated by an example given below :-
'u Capital cost (or purchase price) of a ten tonne truck ;:: Rs. 5 lacs
Expccted efficient running life is 5 years
Credit for estimated residual (resale) value at the end of 5 years ;:: Rs. 2 lacs
Rs. 3 lacs
, Standing (or owning) cost per annum Rs. 3 lacs + 5 years ;:: Rs. 60,000 per annum.
Allowing' for 52 weekly holidays, 12 other holidays and 25 days for
maintenance, the number of average working days may be taken as
275 per year.
Standing cost per working day, Rs, 60,000 + 275 ;:: Say Rs. 220 per day.
1 r ,J .~he straight line method assumes that profits from use of the plant pay for the interest on the capital costs.
~- .
Es timated Consumption per working
Cost of repairs Years of day of eight hours
and renewalsper Average life of the
Fuel Fuel Diesel/
Type of plant year as a percent- working plant (Ior
'~~
:'1' /"t
. . used Petrol as
Lubricating
Grease
age of capital cost' days efficient oil
of plant applicable in kg
'll (~
"
per year economical
running) (lures) ,
(IiIres)
11 (" ~ 1- __ .L.- ~ _
I If the plant is considered for hiring out to third parties, the build-up ,for hire' charges shculd be worked, ou.t as
'U follows:- ,
'u
I.,.:
'(3) Standing cost per year worked out as explained above + (b) Interest on capital outlay at bank rate + (c) Cost
of repairs and renewals per year + (d) Salary of operator (and/or attendant) per year.
( "
;U The sum of (a) to (d) devided by the number of average working days per year will yeild the basic hire charge per,
t.i, l\'~_",l·· day. To this, depending on the terms of the hire agreement the cost of fuel/oil/lubricants will have to 'be added. On the net
'-' figure so arrived at, a further addition of 10% for profits would seem reasonable. On the above basis the hire charges per
<layfor a 10 tonne truck work out in the region of Rs. 1600 per day, inclusive of fuel, oil and lubricants; and driver/attendant's
, .~ pay, etc. :
.1-'
--e-.
~.
44
r 'I
OUTPUT OF TOOLS AND PLANT (
TRANSPORTATION .:
(
OUIPUIof vehicles for transportation of materials depends on :-'
.(a) Carrying capacity of vehicles by weight or volume, whichever is critical. (
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(C)
Distance 10 be travelled.
Time taken in loading and in unloading.
Idle lime in waiting for turn at loading and unloading point. where applicable.
Time lost in payment. documentation and checking at leading and unloading points and at octrol and check posts,
if any.
Average speed of vehicle depending on the condition of road. vehicle and traffic.
- C
(
(
The carrying space in a ten tonne truck measures approximately 14' - 7" x 7' - 3" x I' - 10" (height"of tai Iboard) , which for all
practical purposes of calculations is taken as 185 eft or 5.3 cu m.
Averagc speed of trucks may be taken as 25 kmph, The speed will work out lesser for shan trips and may go up to about 35 10
, 40 kmph for long distances to be travelled on open roads.
- I
C
(
("
Time required for loading and unloading of various building materials using manual labour is given in the table below.
C
LOADING I UNLOADING TIME
I
(
Capacity I Time 10 be allowed (per unit) in minutes
.(
..of a ten I Loading Unloading
-
· tonncr
.~ truck
Materials handled
I Unit
Ideal strength Time in Ideal Strength Time in
C
.:, 1 of labour gang to minutes of labour gang to minutes c:
·.
· .
I . be employed be employed
C
'.5.3 cu m Earth. murrurn, sand, coarse aggregate per cu m 5 9 2 3
5.3cum
etc. ,
Random rubble stones and boulders percu m 5 8 3 3
c I
·3000 Nos Bricks 1000 Nos 6 30 6 IS (
10 tonne Reinforcement bars, loose. pcrtonne 6 12 6 9
10 tonne.-DilLO- in coils or in bundles per tonne 6 6 4 4 (
10 tonne Cejnent in bags per tonne 3 4 3 4
3000 Nos Flooring tiles, of 20 x 20 em size 1000 Nos 6 30 6 20 \, .
14cu m Timber in CUl sizes percu m 6 10 6 7
S.Scum Miscellaneous stores
Number of trips to
6
H
. 10
- (_
(
"
round trip of t + -S-·- be done by a truck =
'2D +_t_ .(_
truck in minutes per day
S 60
I".
Where :- >-
= Time taken in minutes for loading + rime taken in minutes for unloading + average lime lost. in minutes
per trip for payment. documentation, checking, octroi, toll pOSL~ ctc., as appllcablc.
D = One way distance in km. .,
'. -
. Regional transport authorities allow 6 labourers to travel along wiLhthe truck for loading and unloading purposes. Where
a w:'ry large quantity of materials is to be moved employing several trucks, separate stationery gangs at the loading and
unloading points can be employed, leading to economy.
When checking back on the number of kiloni-etrcs done suitable allowance should be made for the movement of vehicle
from its place of parking to duty and back, (say 6 krn/day on an average) .
.. .: ...~Carrying capacity of a two-bullock cart may be taken as 1.25 cu m or 1 tonne travelling al a speed of about 3 to 4
.:~m per hour.· ' ..
. .1
__ ._---_. __ .----_
... ,------ _. ._-_- -- ,_., .".'-
-.-.-. - _._---
.. --------... - -_._._._-_._---------_._ .. -.__ ._------_._-_._._--------_._------------------_ .._---------_ .. _-_ _- -------_._--_.---
..
--- -.- ---_ ..- - ---- -- -_._- - - '-_ .
{ ..
~ 45
'DRILLING HOLES IN ROCK FOR DLASTING
,
o- Hand (manual) Drilling "
~ '\
Hand drilling is suitable when total quantity of rock to be removed is small. Where the depth of cut requires holes not
Jo..I
~ '\ more than 35 em deep, single hand drilling is suitable. For deeper vertically bored holes in fairly homogeneous rocks chum
.. ~ drilling is considered more economical. For seamy rocks and conglomerates, and for horizontal or inclined bore.'>a three-man
~ .jumper drill is used.
...... ,
o
Information set out in the table below should be taken as indicative; and' any corrections to it required by actual
vauons ot site recorded for future usc.
obscr- f
I
Manual hand-drilling
Requirement of man-days per metre depth
Single hand drill Days cf forging unit with I
~ )
Type of rock etc. (19 to 20 mm dia hole) 3 man a blacksmith and helper
OR jumper for sharpening and poin-
:
Churn drill drill ting drills per metre depth
for 40 to 45 mm dia hole
U Machine Drilling
The average output per drilling machine and drill operator depends on the depth to be drilled per hole. More time per
".~ metre depth is required for lesser depths of holes due to time taken in moving and resetting the machine, pumping out hole,
I. changing the drills etc. Air compressor time required will depend on the number of drilling machines operated from a single
,~ compressor unit. It is rarely that full capacity of the compressor unit can be fully utilised unless cutting trenches is involved.
Ll Allowance for time of forging unlt-with blacksmith and helper for pointing and sharpening drills will be required at the
same scale as indicated above for manual drilling. when using information set out below for machine drilling.
,~' ---------------,-----------------
Machine d rill in g
,~
Days of drilling machine and operator per metre of hole
Type of rock etc.
Average depth of each individual hole ill centimetres
,~
,-e
30 I 60 I 90 I 15Q I '300 1 450 I 600
'I. Lime stone 0.08 0.05', 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.Q2:
2. Granite or Gneiss 0.09 0.06 0.05 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.03
3. Hornblende 0.09 0.Q7 0.05 0.05 0.04 0.04 0.03
4. Trap and Basalt 0.09 0.07 0.06 0.05' 0.05 0.04 0.04
5. Sandstone (and hard old cement concrete) 0.10 0.07 0.06 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.04 ;
6. Quartz 0.12 0.10 0.09 0,07 0.06 0.06 0.05 .!:-;
I"_I
e !.
,
. The number of holes required to be drilled in blasting, operations depends on the depth of rock that needs to be taken I
out or permissible conslderingsafety aspects. Generally-holes are drilled at a distance behind the face of ledge not more than
three-fourths of the height of face to be taken out. Holes arc spaced-at a uniform distance, apart. Spacing of holes for estimating
I
V purposes may be assumed a51.33 m for Gneiss, 1.66 m for Trap, Basalt or Granite" and 2.66 m for Limestone, To allow for
any undulations in ground the actual depth of holes should be assumed as about 0.20 m more than estimated depth of each hole.
'(j
Breaking out Brickwork, Concrete, Hard Road Surface etc., Using Pneumatic Tools
U
leA
"r7\;;'"
"
~_,,~OQ=ew
r:
.!.~='~-=*' ..
CONCRETE MIXERS
r
(:
~.
Machine mixing is b~tter qualitywiseand cheaper than handmixing when concrete is required in quantities in excess'
of 20 cubic metres in one stretch.
( .-
Capacity of a concrete mixing machine is indicated by a system of double numbers, such as 7/5 (or lOn, 14/10, c
21/14 etc.j) denoting capacity per batc;h ill cubic feet of dry and wet mix, ego a mixer capacity of IOn signifies that per batch
it will accept 10 cubic feet of dry ingredients of concrete which when mixed with appropriate quantity of water wiII produce
7 cubic feet of wet concrete ready for placing in position.
With the advent of metric system, Indian -manufacturers of construction machinery have started expressing dry/wct
-r,.'
mix capacity of concrete mixers in litres such as 400/300 (in place of 14/10), 300/210 or 280/200 (in place of lOn) etc.
When the capacity of c~mcrete mixer is expressed by a single number such as 300 it denotes volume of wet mix produced t
per batch in Iitres. Some manufacturers have also started expressing capacity of concrete mixers in cubic melees such as
.20/.14 (in place of 7/5) which seems to be more appropriate and preferable as concrete is measured in cubic metres and not
in lures. ,
-.C'( '_
Concrete mixers normally cater for an overload of about 10% over their rated capacity when needed to allow for usc
of full (ie. avoiding fractions) number of 50 kg cement bags to be used per balch. (
Suffixes using alphabets appended to the stated capacity denote the type oCmixer, cg. HF for hand fcd, BL for balch
loading type, T for tilling, N:r for non-tilting, RD for reversible drum, etc. e
. Concrete mixers arc mostly diesel driven or electrically driven, petrol driven kind ha\'int: slowly gone 0111 of vogue, (
Builders who restrict their opcrmions to particular urban areas would prefer the electrically driven varieties, while others will
opt for the diesel driven kind. (
Information set out in the table below for various sizes of concrete mixing machines will be of use if facility for ....(
w::::gl:ir.;; .;;;..n.:.;.. .cqulrcd for each batch is available, enabling usc of full rated capacity of the machine.
('
Capacity of Concrete Mixing Machine
Particulars
5/3.5 13/12 21/14 e
BaLChoutput in cu m (yield) 0.10 0.14 0.20 0.28 \).34 0.40
(.
No. of batches per cubic metre 10 7.14 5 '3.57 2,94 2.50
Time in miruncsjcubic metre 30 21.:12 15 10."11 ~U;2
(
7.50
(based on 3 minutes/cycle)
Output in cu m per hour 2.00 2.80 4.00 5.60 6.80 8.00 c
(.
• Where batching is done by volume. the capacity of the concrete mixer chosen should be such thai it will consume
one or more whole bags of 50 kg cement per balch. The table given below should be referred 10 for output of concrete mixers.
quantities of sand and coarse aggregate per balch etc., where batching is dOl1C by volume. It will be noted tha; where batching
is done by volume the requirement of using whole bags of cement per balch precludes full use of the rated capacity of the
.. t.
mixer. As major quantity of concrete work i~ of 1:2:4 proportion the 1Il11~tpreferred size concrete mixer is of IOn capacity or l
(using one bag per balch) for normal building operations. and of 21/14 capacity (using two bags of cement per batch) Tor I
comparatively larger quantities of concrete. '.
Minimum size Aggregate per batch using one Time in
of mixer to 50 kg bag of cement minutes
Nominal mix. use-up one Yield of 'wet concrct rille aggregate No. of per cu m Output in
mix ~y volume 50 kg bag of per balch using one Coarse aggregate (sand) batches based on cu m
cement cement bag of 50 kg, per cu m 3 min pc per hour
cu m cu m cyclc , .,
1: 1.5: 3 7/5 0.1273 0.1056 0.0528 7.86 23.58 2.55
1: 2 4 IOn 0.1662 0.1463 0.0731 6.02 18.06 3.32
1: 3 6 14/10 0.2405 0.2165 0.1082 4.16 12.48 4.81
1: 4 8 21/14 0.3167 0.3009 0.1504 :.16 ·9.48 6.33
. 1 : 5 : 10 21/14 0.3970 0.3772 0.1886 2.52 7.56 7.94
~
MORT AR MIXERS ')
For mixing lime-sarid/cement-sand/ccment-Iime-sand monurs.Hmc-scil mixes for soil stahilisalioll,pl:lstering materials
, cic., roller pan mortar mixers Wilh mixcd-monur output of 150 litrcs (5 eft) and 225 lltrcs (~ crt) capacity per charge arc "1
available, operated on 5 HP diesel engine or 3.7 kilowats electric motor. These arc filled with two heavy duty revolving cast
iron rollers capable of crushing small pebbles in sand and lumps in lime for producing smooth mortar of required consistency. ~)
,,~Theoutput will depend on rhc desired mixing time per cycle. The output however rarely becomes a critical factor due to the
, ,relativcly slow offtake of mortar as compared to concreting operations. r , 'J
~ .,
l' '4:)
!.
~~
- I
.,_.
.: Needle type vibrators are sui~ble for proper compaction of reinforced concrete in columns, beams slabs etc.
. Indian made, high.Ircquncy immersion-needle type concrete vibrators arc driven by motors operating on pctrol/diesel/
kerosene engine of 2 to 5 HP capacity or on electric mains supply using 3.5 kilowatts energy or on compressed air supplicd
J.~ from compressors supplied through air hose, Thc poker (needle) may be out-of-balance rotor type or pendulam type made
10 IS 2505 of 1968, available in standard sizes of 25, 30, 40, 50, 60 and 80 mm dia driven by 4 I;) 6 mm long flexible shaft
:~~e
I 1
encased in rubber sheathing.
~U
·r.......
:. BUill-in-headneedle vibrators operating on 400 volts electric mains supply, with high frequency-low voltage convertors
Whicheliminate the bulky Ilcxiblc shaft arc also available with vibrator heads of 34,66 and 85 mm dia (of 300,410 and 470
mm length respectively) using 3.5 kilowaus energy. .
l-~~
,t: .... crushed ~~~~~~~g.,)i!e~o~~~:a~?:rie~~~,s~~~e~eJ~~yC~::s~ti~~~~~~e~~c:a~~:I~~u~~h~~~~~~i~~g~~~~~~ ~~c~~spT:~~;~ibs:~;
is of 560 x 500 mm size and claims 10 achieve compaction in layers upto 300 mm thick with an output of about 500 sq m
.~e· per hour. Plate vibrators may be petrol/kerosene engine (3 HP) driven or operating on electric mains.
,
..
"
:(-.~ For compacting concrete in roads, vibrators mounted on screed-beams laid across the road width and moved manually (
,~.._,' . are used.
:\ CONCRETE BLOCK MAKING I\'IACHINES i
t'e Machines of Indian make for producing precast concrete blocks of various sizes and kinds like solid blocks, closed
!.
r..
· and open cavity blocks, corner column blocks, U channel blocks etc, arc available. These have provision for loading concrete i,
~~
~.
.. ingredientswith tipping barrows or machine operated hoppers. Concrete is mixed in machine mixers. Consolidation is achieved
through vibrations induced in the moulding area, and tamping done either manually or through hydraulic Iilllng draws and
hydraulic tampers. After laying and tamping the blocks the plant is moved to a predetermined direction and distance on the
casting platform manually or by rnotoriscd action, ready for the next operation. ' J
• .~»
» 400 (or 'The number of operations vary from 30 to 40, 4S to 55, 75. to 85 etc. per hour and the output varies from 150,200,
more).blocks per hour depending on size of the plant.
t:
.-
j
The motors for mixing, vibrating, tamping and travel of the plant (for subsequent operation) vary from 0.5 to 5 HP,
.,-.electrically operated, depending on the cupacity of the plant and the various rnoioriscd functions provided with it.
!:
i.-~ In construction projects of some magnitude use of lifting and handling equipment like hoists, cranes, forklifts cic.,
I .have become almost mandatory from cost mid lime efficiency considerations.
~ Even small firms of builders engaged in puuing up a block of Flats in urban arcus find itadvumugcous to hire a hoist
I.Q for concreting slabs, beams etc., and for conveying building materials, precast units etc. to upper Iloors (as opposed to the
, -.. age old custom of ramps and hcadloads). Hoists arc of various sizes and capacities, a typical one. being a single or double
I·.' .. . :plalr~rm buil?er's hoist capable of lifting 500 to 700 kg load to a height of 50 metres, powered by a 10 HP electric molar
'. or diesel engme. . . .
. Forklifts arc versatile self propelled diesel operated compact machines suitable for lifting up and moving Iubricatcd
I ~.building components likc'precast concrete units etc. from the Iubricating or prccasting yards to thc location of their usc within
the work site area. Forklifts have weight carrying capacity in thc runge of 1.5 to 5 tonncs and can travel at aspeed of about
I··. I . 15 km per hour adequate for building site purpose. Forklifts can negotiate gradients upto 13 degrees in laden Slate. Apan
from moving the load, forklifts can also lift the loads to a height of about 3 to 5 metres for placing in position. Forklifts arc
t .' tj' available in the front-loading as well as side loncling versions, and can be filled with additional auachmcnts likc extension
of the fork or fixed/mljustablecrane boom for h:lIIdlingirregular slzc/shapc of rnutcrials (cg. reinforcement burs ill coils CIC.,)
by hooking or slinging.
I..". I
.• Stationary cranes with hydraulically telescoping boom extendible and retractable under load, of various sizes, weight
1(': :'lifling capacities and heights arc uvailablc from Indian manufacturers, These arc a common sight in locations where high rise
' buildings are being constructed. Mobile truck mounted cranes of various capacities and capabilities arc also available, giving
I(.~.
• more details of which is beyond the scope of this book. .
I( .
1'/ .,
'tj)
• AIR COMPRESSORS AND PNEUMATIC TOOLS
Reliable, stationary or portable, wheel or skid mounted compressors powered by diesel engine (30 to 250 HP) or
electric mainssupply (motor ratings 22 to 150 kilowatts), of capacities ranging from0.062 to 125cu m per minute of compressed
I'\~ arr at a pressure range from 2 to 10 kg pcr sq cm produced by reputed Indian manufacturers arc available.
i (:)~"'. Consumption of compressed air by various pneumatic tools used in the building industry varies' from about 0.5 to
.. ' ~._;::3.5 cu m per mlnute per tool at a pressure range of about li. kg per sq cm. Choice of compressor will depcnd on the scale
~(~;;,,, 0(. buildin~ opcra,lioQsand lhe num~er of l?ols deSired, (or ~racticable) 10 be operated simultaneously from a single
(. ~\\.~:,c?~prcssor. For a lWO tool compressor a capacuy of? cu m pcr mmute at a pressure range of7 kg per sq ern may be considered
'--J;;~'LasMcquale. . .
i . .:;. ','''' ~. ~
r.::.~. .. '., '" " ',~' • . -
~:\~;.,!;:"'"
,,'.
~\~:'
; nO.
\ x .
\,/' --
l~$.t~1:
~:}/t!Iy;:,.::;.,.,-".~r-.-..-.~--.' _,
-...
,'..'_--'
-_.
; :;,': o. '::,',,: • ~ "~ ;';.:~: '. t:
(" I
, 4~:.. 'Compressed air has vari~us applications in the building industry like drilling in steel, rock. timber etc .• pneumatic hammers
lind roCkIconcrete breakers. riveuing hammers and rivet busters. grinders, concrete immersion vibrators, submersible pumps. ('( i' ~,
., gubiitinglshotCreting operations. cleaning road surfaces preparatory to tack-coats of bitumen etc,
( . i
'. . . The typical air consumption of some pneumatic tools along with their output claimed by Indian manufacturers is
given below:- fay
Air consumption per minute • t~
.. fypc of tool . Size. capacity. output and other details Pressure
cum kg/sqcm e ')
I-,
-:: 'I:lnd hammer Percussive rotary motion. Flushing device using air or water. Hand-held or 1.7.2.1 and 3 f'-
of n !
)
.':: ock drill mounted on drill.leg. Weight 18 10 23 kg. Dia of bits upto 63 mm. 1900 to for light, medium 5.60
'\
2300 blows per minute. One man operation: Bores upto 66 mm dia holes in and heavy duty G
rocks for blasting, filling bolts for rock stabilisation etc. Bores oflength 3 to respectively
. 4 m (light duty), 8 to 11 m (medium). 12 to 15 m (heavy). b II
~~
leavy diny
-rcakcrs
Operates a hammer of about 30 to 35 kg weight. One man operation. Used
for breaking soft rock, concrete. demolition work etc. Delivers about 1100
1.85 5.60 e
as d,
'\
" :;:;rindcr and Smooth rotary motion. Used for finishing metal patterns. burrs from gas cut Varies from 5.60
to¢.
. .~:;: grinders metal, trimming welded joints, fettling etc. 3000 to 15000 revolutions per 0.4 to 1.2·
minute depending on chosen model. is(:
p'
.ighl/heavy Rotary motion. Drills holes in plates/rolled steel sections for rivcuing/boltlng Varies from 5.60 _{_
':!)' drills for etc. Heavy duty drill can be adapted for drilling. tapping threads. reaming etc. 0.4 to 1.7
-ctal, limber etc. Holes upto 50 ml}l dia can be made depending on chosen model. .{
.vcuing hammer ~sed for cold and hot rivctting insteel structures. Capacity for hot rlveuing : 0.90 5.60
=
Flush 28.5 rnrn, cupped 22.2 mm. Delivers 1300 blows per minute. Weighs
(01)(:
about 10 kg.
(;
ivct buster Used for cutting and punching out rivets upto 19 mm dia in demolition! 1.00 5.60 (b)
dismantling or repair work. '- "
ubmersible Uses compressed air for imparting rotary motion to the pump device. for 2.30· 5.60 (c)(,
(
unp pump dewatering of excavations. Performance 640 litres at 1.5 m head to 95 litres at _.
30 m head per minute. ,
I
A hot-mix asphalt plant has capabilities for drying and heating of aggregates to required temperature and mix ing them with .
, bitumen pumped from 8 separate tar boiler (some plants have a small integral tar boiler oflimited capacity). For heating of aggegates
-cparate revolving oil fired drum may be used which after heating are discharged into a paddle mixer. Some plants employ the same
purchz r: ..
:Josure in the plant for drying/heating of aggregates and later mixing with hot bitumen. A hot mix plant can serve as a cold-mix plant indi- I
shuulng off the function of heating aggregates, in which ease the output increases by about 30%.
1.
Sizes of plant are denoted by the output per batch of aggregate mixed with bitumen. in liues or in cubic feet, Typical 2;'
xicts have the following cbaractcristics :-
3.
'pc ef plant Batch capacity - lhrcs (cft) Output- tonncs per hour Diesel Engine (HP) Remarks
Ild-mix 200 litres ,(7 cfl) 5to 8 12 4.
300 litres (10 eft) 15 to 20 18
u mix 300 litres '(10 eft) ~ 6 to 8 (at 180OC) 12 Combined drying 5. ... -
• and mixing.
300 litres (10 eft) 10 to 12 (at 1800C) 25 Separate drying and , 6.
.......
mixing.
'."• 7.
~~ ()
~
l~
.\ . TAR BOILER~
Tar boilers can have capacities of 900, 1080, 1360 (etc.•) litrcs per feed. These arc usually oil fired but old models
may use conventional fuels like coal, Iircwood etc. For tack coats etc., pressure pumps with spraying attachment fed from
i
.
'6) the boilers througl:l pipes can be used. .
~:
ROAD ROLLERS I
\~ Road rollers upto 6 tonne capacity arc termed as light rollers and those of 8 to 12 tonne capacity termed as heavy .
l
I
.~ The. system of dual numbers employed for indicating the capacity of a roller (such as 8-10, 10-12 elc_,) indicates weight 1
.( of roller wilh and. without sand/water ballast .
:6) Conventional three wheel power driven rollers have one Iroru wheel (steering roll) and two rear wheels (drive roils).
The driving power is applied to the rear wheels, but the function of effective consolidation is considered to be carried OUI
by the front wheel which is considcracly wider but of smal,ler diameter than the rear wheels,
A tandem road roller is one having only two wide wheels, one at front (of marc width and larger diameter) Iuncuoning
as drlving and consolidating roll and the other at rear as steering roll.
" Vibration rollers arc usually similar to a tandem roller but have a provision of vibration generating system incorporated
in lhe driving/consolidating wheel. In single wide-wheel vibrating roller the vibrations arc induced by adiesel engine but mali on
is imparted by lowing by tractor.
Sheep-foot rollers have blunt spikes on the wheels and may be power-driven or towed. These arc used for consolidation
of soil in earihcn dams, formation surfaces of roads and in soil-stabilisation. '
1
.,
~ A variable pressure device in road rollers consists of a heavy weight which can be slidcd andlocked in place so as
to exert more pressure on the front or rear rolls as desired.
. Output of road rollers depending on the type of surface consolidated, for the purpose of estimating and analysing rates
is given below :-
I •.
I_
!
;G
• Output per day of 8 hours work with 8 to 12 tonne road roller
:. ,
(a)
(b)
Formation surfaces
(i) Road work
(ii) Airlieltl work
Stone soling (15 em spread thickness)
2000 sq m
2500 sq m
(d)
(c)
Single coal surface treatment
Double coat surface treatment
800 sqm
400 sqm
".:.i.
(f) Permix carpet 2.5 cm thick including
(i) Road work 500 sq rn seal coat
(ii) Airfield work 600sq m (i) Road work 600 sq m
(c) . Waterbound macadam (ii) Airfield work 750 sq m
(i) Road work (II. em spread thickness) 30cum
(ii) Airfield work 35cIlm (I.:) Premix macadam R CIII thick with
:... (12,5 to 15 em spread thickness) seal coat- Airfield work 300 sqm
A convcnilonal 8 to 10 tonne road roller employs a diesel. cngincof about 35 HP and can travel at four different speeds of
aboul1.3, 1.9,8 and 8.85 kmph. Itbas II rolling width of 1675 mm for 8 to 10 tonne roller and 1880 mm Ior a 10 to 12 tonne roller.
.. ~
r f:1?~:::r: .,~)
......... .
'50 e
!
LABOUR OUTPUT CONSTANTS FOR BUILDING WORK
In compiling the labour constants given below IS .. 7272 (Part] -.1982 - Recommendationsfor labour outpus.constarus
for building work, which gives constants for only about 60 items of work has been relied upon as a basis. Labour constants from
•
~
other sources like standard books on estimating by British and Indian authors and schedules of rates of l\"BO, CrWD, 'MES, I
(
state PWDs ctc., have also been taken after comparing and rationalising them.
I
Labour constants can' at best be only indicative. Actual labour outputs differ in a fairly wide range dependir g on t:
conditions of work like weather, climate, continuity, incentive, fatigue and resting time. incidental holdups, preparatory work,
organisation, efficiency oflabour I supervision and quality ..
The categories bhisti, mate and helper arc not shown separately in some of the items [or the sake of convenience. but
their time has been added to the constants for the category of mazdoor.
..
~
t
i
SI.
No
Description of work
.,
Unit of work
Labour constant in days ( of 8 hours)
Category of
labour Soil
per unit of work
I Rock
"e
Soft/loose. I Hard/dense I Soft 1 Hard
EXCA VATlON AND EARTHWORK e
1. Surface excavation not exceeding 30 cm t'
deep, average 15 cm deep.and gculng out.
•
sq III Mazdoor 0.08 O.IS 0.31 0.65
· '.'
:;
~t
j~ .. (.,,'
••• _ •••••• __ • •• N •• • • __ ._._
••• ----.-- •••• '"-.~_ .... ~,--.-_--.- •• -- •• _._-'" _.- - H ••• ----- - - - - - -- -.----
o
51
'°tl ' LABOUR CONSTANTS
,
•.
~ _H. - ••
.... under-reaming :-
300 mm diu
14. EXIraover item 13abovcforcachudditional
200mm dia
Eaeh
Eneh
Mazdoor
1vlazdoor
1.60
0.45
,!
:I
'j
,.!
:-
••... 15. Extraovcr itcm 13 abovcforcach additional
metre depth (intermediate depths pro-rata)
200 mm dia Each Mazdoor
Mazdoor
0.31
250mm dia Each 0.40
i8
• with boring bars and drill bits for :-
2010'25 mm dia holes
50 rnrn dia holes
m
m
Muzdoor
Mazdoor
0.51
2.05
0.39
1.53
.'
l"l-
225 mm consolidated
250 mmconsolidatcd
19. Stone pitching 150 mm thick.
20.. Slone pilching 250 mm thick.
thickness .
thickness and above
sqm
cum
sqm
sq 111
Mazdoor
Mazdoor
Mazdoor
Mazdoor
'),14
0.50
0.:2
0.15
~.. 21. Cutupor Iinexisting turf'into suitablcsods,
.~ roll up and set aside for reuse. . sq rn Mazdoor (l.06
1J
~ 22•. Relaying turf, including preparing surface,
:.i.~.
;., watering and light rolling. sqm .Mazdoor
~
'_. rt,
'. 'Wre.
' ~, !
52
I:
LABOUR CONSTANTS
sq In
Mazdoor
Mazdoor
0.032
0.D35
•
C
30. Clear site of all rubbish. Cui down shrubs,
undergrowth and small trees nOI exceeding e
600 mm girth, grub up roots and burn or
remove from site. sq m Mazdoor 0.05
•
31. CUlling down hedge. grubbing up rOOL<;,
fillingexcavation with earth undconsolidatc.
32. Treating bottom and sides of excavation
with chemical mixed with watcr atspcciflcd
sqm Mazdoor 0.Q9 ,
~
..
0-03
C
33. Treating soil for backfill with chemical
mixed with water (Area of substructure
faces in contact with backfill measured) sq m Mazdoor 0.15 "
34. CUllingdown trccs,digging outroots.Iilling 6,
holes and consolidating surface, lopping
branches and clearing off rubbish, and C·
slacking timber neatly at a distance of 50
metres :- (:
Trees of 100 em griih at I m heigh I Each Mazdoor 5,75
DiIlO, but 150 em girth Each Mazdoor 8.60
C
Diuo, but 200 em girth Each Ma7.door 11.50
Ditto, but 250 em girth Ench Mazdoor (.
14.20
Diuo, but 300 em girth Each Mazdoor ·17,30
(Intermediate girths pronua) (
35. Rolling surfaces with light hand roller sqm Mazdoor 0.013 (
36. Prcparc smallplts, fill up with cnnh mixed
'with Immure and plum small shruhs (live)
upto IlIllligh. M:l7.\lIlol
37 Dittoforplaruingsrnalltrces.and providing
tree guards. Each Muzdoor 0.25
38. Providing timbering to uphold faces of
excavation for basement in dry ground :- Firm Loose
J
.'
.... ~.---------- - ~.-.~ -------- ~-~----~-
53
~ LABOUR CONSTANTS
.,~- ~
SI. Description of work Unit of work Category of Labour constant in days ( of 8 hours)
~: No. labour per unit of work
~
CONCRETE
~ it
Note :Labour constants given in items 39 and 40 bclo.:vare for isolated structures upto 10m height without using
,
,~ • liftsl hoists, and with small size mixing plan IS, applicable 10 average work site conditions in India. For large
jobs using liftstholststcranes, large and sophisticated mixing plants, and better management, it should be
"
~ possible to reduce the constants by as milch as 35' to 50%. .
_,:, :
Note: Item 40 below docs not include for mixing lime given in irem 39. Lend from the mixing platform to the place
of pouring concrete is assumed IIpro30 m.
Labour days
•
•
40. Conveying, pouring, consolidating and curing
concrete (excluding mixing lime) in the
following :-
(of 8 hours)
per unit
/
"r _'_"' . '. -":""
..._r ••...--_._.'_. .... z r ~••
54
LAnOUR CONSTANTS
Constants for Sundry Labours on 'Concrete Note: For working out labour constants for concrete cast
1 Labour hours '. in situ inclusive of the labour for provlding formwork
I
51.
No.1
I
Description of work (Mazdoor) I (and any centering as the case may be) in/allowing
; i pcr sq rn situations, allow labour lime/or [ormwork (see items
661079) as per area offormwork per unit given below.
c
41. Hack Iaccs for key. 0.90
42. -Diuo· extensively, 1.40
Size in cm
. I
sq m of
form work
~
t,
43. Remove burrs/cxcrcsccnscs. 0.25 ljcm I
(cross section) required per
44. Rubbing down with fine sand and Om
Slone (exposed concrete work). __ ~O=.9~0
Labour hours
I
Kerbs
_
.-
(w) x (d)
30 x
cu m of
or thi:kncss i concrete.
20 6.67
•«
(semiskilled)
per sq m
Kerbs 20 x 30 10.00
c:
45. Wire brushing green concrete to
ex pose Hgglcgatc.
,'-
Lintels 2:; x 15 13.S0
e
46. Stopping small
honeycombing.
holes and
0.60 Lintels 23 x 20 12.76
e
47. Broorncd finish (highways).
per sq m
0.50
1.;lbourhours
Mason I Mazdoor
Siesmic bands, bed plates, anchor
blocks and copings/window
cills which arc flush with walls.
23
23
x 15
x 10
8.70
8.70
,
f
56. Forming mortice holes upto 50 cu em Sides and soffits of beams' 20 x 20 15.00
each for balusters, ragbolts ctc., and 23 x 20 13.70
grouting after fixing balusters etc .. 0.60 0.60 23 x 30 12.03
t .
23 x 40 11.20 )
57. -Ditto- butbctwccn 50 and 100cucm Soffits of slabs in average
each -do- 1.20 0.60 rcsidcmial buildings:-
'....} ~"
58. Grouting anchor boll 300 mm long. 0.30 0.30 1·
for 80 mm thick slabs 10.50 .~)
59. -Diuo· 450 mm long, 0.40 0.40 for 100 mill thick slabs 8.40
1 -
Note In precasting operations the concrete mixing machine. stacks of sand/aggregate. cement store, water for I
mixing. casting platform and curing tank etc.• are so located as to ensure maximum economy in the labour
lime. Curing effort (bhisti) is negligible. The precastlng gang works on the same job over and over again
1I.,
~;
'resulting in better efficiency. , '.
: i
When adding for labour in making moulds to the constants given below. due note should be taken of tire r:
nature of moulds and that tbey need not have bottoms (soffits). It is usual to allow for 25 10 30 uses of
the mould.
..
marking tops with casting date. stopping holes/
d honeycombing arler strikingmoulds, curing by CU In Mason 0.50
~\.~ !:c~ping immersed in curing tank, and stacking
finished precastconcretearticles ready fur usc
Mazdoor
Bhisti
\.75
0.10
'I'.
in work, (labour for fabricating moulds and Vibrator 0.10
::;;;f .. reinforcementcage not included). (machine)
~Q~I "61. . Handling, hoisting and fixing precast lintels cu m Mason 1.00
upto 3 m height, including bedding in mortar. Maz.door 1.60
~~I" -63. -Diuo- bcdplates, copings and kerbs in roof cu m Mason 1.35
;1'. including jointing and pointing as necessary. Mazdoor 1.75
1;t
:f~;"I'
"'f'"
.64 .. Handling and placing in position duct covers 75
mm thick.
cu m Mason
Mazdoor
0.25
1.40
:,
:1
\;,.
1'_~;!.~.•
;'-iii~", . 65. Handling andfixing roadsidckcrbsandconcrcte cum Mason 0.70
:!:.
~%.i_~. bonders in stone masonry. Mazdoor 1.00 "
l~.
Jffi,:
~~ll
• FORI\:IWORK AND CENTERING
'Note: Formwork after initialfobrication can be usedbetween 6 to 16 times again where repetitive operations are possible.
:11iiJ- ~
n~~~: The labour (and material) constants vary widely with th« number of repetitive operations possible_in the same or
other sites of work. Yery often.for non-repeiltiveodd shapes/sizes the constants will have to beworked outfor single
~~t)·,
6) ,use.
~~ir
e
~f?{~{
4_:::':_
Three operations are involved, i.e. initial.fabricationfor first use.fixing in place for thefirst and each subsequent
reuse, and stripping/Cleaning/preparing/oreach reuse. On an average the labour timeforfixing is abou140% more
,.,,;1)": .c...
:~~J
' il
·!{\:~::.I~..
1;:':';'" .
{hanthe timefor intialfabrication, and labourlime/or slrippinglcieaning/preparingfor reuse is about300/0less than
the timefor inulal fabrication.
Wherereadymade steelforms andprops arc usedas ill the case of soffits of slabs. very negligible lime will be required
'~~~.~.
'. in initial fabrication for lire marginal/odd areas, and the number of reuses will be several times more than the
tr',~J.. tI
Ji~~: ."
possible reuses of timbertplywoodformwork.
,~1iJ;'~ When using a combination of plywood, timber scantlings, bellies and steel clamps/bolts the labour constants
~~~t
~:" .
~J,\. •
expressed in terms 0/ lire materials used call be taken as [ottows for a labour team of one carpenter and 415 lir
mazdoor (representing 5 carpenters and 4 liclpers). .
.. 56.
LABOUR CONSTANTS
';,e
FORMWORK AND .CENTERING (contd)· {<i .
'-
Note -: The labour constants given below arc for each sq m of area of formwork in contact with concrete and include (:.
for fabricating, erecting, propping, stripping, cleaning and reusing, and take into consideration 16 uses after
initialfabrication. They are not applicable for readymade steel forms. .
c-
Labour constant Labour constant t;
Category in days (or 8 SI. Category in days (of 8
51.
Item of labour hours) per sq m No. Item oflabour hours) !ICC sq m
._.:
No.
of formwork I
66. Poundatlons, 'footings, bases
offormwork
I
requiredfor them is 'i,l the following proportion :-
... --., .. _ •• ~ ............ _'_4~ "_ c
Operation
Foundations, bases of
columns, plinth beams .-~:~~"UOO Walls
Beams, lintels, columns
staircases, fins, chajjas
I Links
stirrups, I
machine bases and the like and the like I & spacers.
'L
l
Cut to required size & .
bend to shape. SO % 49 % 42 % 44 % 47 %
Place in position & tie
with rn.s, wire 50 % 51 % S8 % 56 % 53 %
Following labour constants are applicablefor CUlling,bending, fabricating, placing in position and tying with I7I.S.
wire 01 each intersection, reinforcement using plain. roundldeformedttorsteel bars.
Labour constant in days (of 8 hOUfS per auintal.for team or' one Blacksmith and one Mazdoor
SI. Diameter .of Foundations. column/ Casings to Suspended Walls Beams, .lintels, Links, ; )
No. bars used machine bases, plinth steel beams slabs and columns. stairs. fins, stirrups.
beams & columns· parapets chajjas and the like & spacers
80 6 mm dia 1.00 1.14 1.09 1.13 1.15 1.19
81 8 mm dia 0.94 LOR 1.03 1.06 1.09 1.13
82 10 mm dia 0.75 0.79 0.78 0.81 0.84 0.88 "
83 12·mm dia 0.63 0.66 0.65 0.69 0.71 0.75
'84 16 mm dia 0.50 0.60 0.59 0.63 0.65 0.69
.
85 18 mm.dia 0.47 0.57 0.56 0.60 0.62 0.66
86 20 mm dia 0.44 0.54 0.53 0.56· 0.59 0.63 ~
. 87 22 mm dia ., . !
l
& above .0.39 0.49. 0.46 0.50 0.53 0.56 .!: -
)
'Note : Most surveyors adopt a constant of J 'day per qu_lnlalirrespective of diameter of bar. and location. '.
,j
r:
-.'
<.
57
LABOUR CONSTANTS
Using steel
fabric oC 'Casings to
weight :~ steelwork
Not exceeding 0.09 0.11 0.10 0.13 0.15 0.17
~~ 2kgpcr sq rn-
'~j, 89. 2 to 4 kg per sq m 0.10 0.12 0.11 0.14 0.16
:)! ~ _90_. 4 to 8~~~kg per sq m 0.11 0.13 0.t2 0.15 0.17 __
-t '
':it' ~ 91.
For raking cuuing and circular cuuing on hard drawn steel wire fabric used as reinforcement. extra labour time of 0.09 and
0.11 hours per running metre respectively should be added over and above the constants given at 51 No. 88.to 90 above.
ftl-:'
~
-, 4:).
MIXING OF 1v10RTAR
.:!~ V
~ Labour days (of 8 hours) per unit
/-\) SI. .. Category of
Description of work Unit of work Cement i Lime mortar or _l Mud
1."- No. labour
mortar i cement lime mortor mortar
;I'.~ 92. Mixing mortar by hand, any propor.ion eu m Mal-door 1.00 1.33 0.70
..~
-: Bhisli 0.10 0.10 0.35
,,1' "
Bullock (with driver) 0.33
..
~_i
. " ~ . 93. Mixing ccmcm mortar by machine. in any .cu rn Mazcloor 0.36
:~l;..~
'"'~.
proporuon. Bhisli 0.10
Mixer machine 0,07
I~ Mixer operator 0.Q7
',I",,:~
BRICKWORK
:':,\"- .--~-------------------------------------------~----~-------------------------
\1"-'1tJ . 51. Unit of Labour constant in'days ( of 8 hours)
N~ Description ofwark per unit of work
~ ~~
~_h_1_as_o_n ~I_M __w._,d_o_o_r__ ~_B __hi_s_ti
,
~ 'l~ __ ~ ~
Note :.- Labour constants given below for mason's time may be reduced
by 6% when using modular bricks.
..
0.20 0.10
.106. Bedding' door/winilow fra~cs in monor (excluding labour in mixing'
. mortar. 10 Tl1 0.05 0.05
•
107. Poinllng door/window frames in mortar (-do) - Each side measured. 10m 0.06 0.03
.' ,
108. -Dluo- but in mastic- Eachside measured. 10m 0.08 0.03 ~5. I
109. Parging and coring to flues (cowdung- mud - cement mixture) 10m 0040 0040 0.02 t.l
110. Raking out joints and flush pointing simultaneously with brickwork .... sq m 0.02 0.02
111. Fixing only holdfasts. 10 No. 0.15
W·'
112. Tamng and sanding to holdfasts. 10 No. 0.08 ~ ,
113. Forming (air finished channels in concrete, 30 cm girth. 10m 0.75 0.07
1~.
114. Add or deduct to item 113 for each 2.5 em girth more or less. - 10m 0.08
115. Laying DPC15 to 20 mm thick with cement mortar (excluding labour in C.
139.
mixing of.mortar). ' sq m 0.01 om om C
116. Treating surface of concrete, DPC or plaster with water proofing liquid as
specified by manufacturer :-
., (. ,i
123. Cut to required width.a~d fix AC sheet as cover to expansion joint m 0.09
,I
;I
124. Heat and apply bitumen with brushes to PPC, and blind with sand. lO'sqm 0.32 0.07 .',1
125. ~ c~,uise damp proofing treatment .tobasements/reservoirs etc, lOsqm 1.18 1.55 142.
I
126. 5 'course damp proofing treatment to basements/reservoirs etc. lOsqm 1.72 2:32
127. 7 courses -dluo- IOsqm 2.20 3.00
•,
,.
,._-_._----
-_._---_._--_.----_.---_.-
._.!!!l!!!!!!~""
., .....
~.!SUb1.._'
;:~re:r----
. .:ou-\ik~2V"
a~ 7 ?tlI_~ "m, ,...
'm~.:.l\l\1Iy..i'.f.:l#lttg,~~;l:.:~'·?i:-...,o.,~.,,_; ...,.:f.",.•·....<",,,'~i':':}<i'~
m~"':~;"i~'~~'
~~;'.,..~'
' '~2..J:'v;B;;.:~;:~I~~·'·-~'''~fB''''llI~.
~;:I';","',:7J;';;.:;.,~.~~,~£'..-,;~' r,lli • .
:'!I!i'
• 1,'?':'!'"
(\.' '. 59 ~
'1i '0. LABOUR CONSTANTS
:~~·~·--r-------------------------~-------------------r-----~-La--bo-~--co--ns-mn--t-in-da--y-s-(-o-f-8-h-O~--3)-
.
·
~.," • m . Description of work U~~ nl'r unit of work
'~~ ~ ~
; Mason l· "'Miizdoor
Jt ~.~
~..
", .. 1~8. Cutting chases in brickw?rk (per 10 ern girth) . m 0.15 0.15 .,
q (~" 129. Culling holes in brickwork (upto 50 sq cm on face) per 10 0.15 0.15
{ em depth
: 130. Add for each additional-50 sq cm on face. 0.06 0.06
S r......... . • I
I. \)
I'
" 133. Precast concrete block (solid or hollow) masonry work in foundations and
plinth, built in any mortar (excluding labour in mixing mortar and in
manufacturing the precast blocks). ... cum 1.32 1.85
I."}) 134. -Dino- but in superstructure (excluding -do-) for walls and partitions of i-
!
(a) 20 em nominal thickness {cum 1.48 2.18
4j sqm 0.30 0.44
.~ (b) 15 ern nominal thickness sqm 0.26 Q.3R
._
....
(c) 10 cm nominal thickness sqm 0.21 0.32
135. Extra labour over item 134(a) for square/rectangular columns cum 0.54 0.27
' 136. Extra labour over item 133 for filling hollow blocks with sand. cum 0.12
137. 7.5 cm (nominal) thick walls using gypsum partition solid blocks built in
. any mortar (excluding labo~r in mixing mortar and in manufacturing
blocks) sq m
-Ii 0.19 0.27
STONE MASONRY
~ 138. Random rubble (RR) masonry. uncourscd, laid. dry in retaining walls,
..
abutments etc. cu m 0.47 ' 0.94
~,
. I
for hammer dressing to faee/bedS/joints of face stones, in .
I (3) 'limestone or sandstone CU III 0.06 0.Q2
t {b} granite or trap stone eu m 0.12 0.05
~ . :·';:-.i~~·r-:
60
LAl.IOUR CON~TANTS t-.
Labour constant in days (of8 hours)
Sl.
Description of work
UnilO!
per unit of work
"'-
Sl.
No. work
(:0
Mason I Mazdoor
r
143. Facework to squared rubble walling (uncourscdor brought up to courses) .. ~
for hammer dressing to race/bcds/joinl~ of face stones in :-
(3) limestone or sandstone sq rn 0.15 0.08 If'
(b) granite or trap stone
•
sqm 0.30 0.15
144. Faccwork to regular coursed squared rubble masonry [or dressing [0 face/
beds/joints of face stones in :-
(a) limestone or sandstone sq m 0.27 0.14
r! C~
(b) granite or trap stone sqm 05~ 025 C
151.
i45. Facework to block-in-course masonry, regular coursed [or dressing to
Iacc/bcd/joints of face stones in :- t
(a) limestone or sandstone sqm 0.54 0.25 e
(b) granite or trap stone
146. Facework to ashlar masonry in
sqm 1.10 1.45
Ii!:
(a) limestone or 'sandstone sqm 0.54 U.:t':> ~
(b) granite or trap stone sqm 1.10 0.50
j..:7. Extra over items of Iaccwork for external angles (for quoins and jambs)
in :-
C
(a) RR/polygonal rubble uncourscd or brought up to courses
(b) squared rubble masonry uncourscd/brouglu up to course
m
m
0.08
0.10
0.02
0.02
l-
(c) squared rubble regular coursed masonry
(d) block-in-course masonry ...
m
m
0.11
0.22
0.02
0.03
l:ft I
(c) ashlar masonry m 0.50 0.06 let: I··
•• in roof (Allow 0,01 day per sq m for items (a) to (c) below
for helper)
(a) battens nailed 15 em ele
(b) battens nailed 20 em ck:
sq m
sq m
Carpenter
Carpenter
0.07
0.06
•
.•
(e) battens nailed 35 em cle
163. Timber boarding with butt joints [or sides and ends, edges
shot not requiring any framing. fixed with nails,
sq m Carpenter
Clean
sawn
0.03
Planed
on one
Planed
on both
For thickness of hoarding :- . side sides
(b) 20mm
sq Carpenter
III
Helper
sq m Carpenter
0.09
0.05
0.10
0.19
0.09
0:20
0.27
~).13
0.28
." (c) 25 mm
Helper
sq m Carpenter
Helper
0.05
0.12
0.06
0.09
0.22
0.11
0.13
0.29
0.14
.~
_. (d) 30.mm sq m Carpenter
. Helper
0.16.
0.06
0.26
0.11
0.34
0.14
(e) 40mm sq m Carpenter 0.2i 0.31 0.39
Helper 0.08 0.14 0.11
"
;.: 164. Extra over item 163, if boarding is jointed with tongue and
G) grooved joints (In item 164 (ajand (b) below add helper's
time at the rate of half the constants given for carpenter)
. (a) 15 to 25 mm sq m Carpenter
. 0.22 0.22
(b) 30 to 40 mm sq m Carpenter
. 0.25 0.25
..~
......~:
.",:.-.~
62
LAnoUR CONSTANTS
.,Dnit .Category Labour constants in days
SI. of of Thickness of boarding in mm
Description of work
No. work labour 15 I 20 I 25 T 30 I40
165. Extra ove item 163 if boarding is fixed with countersunk screws. sqm Carpenter 0.04 0.07 0.09 0.11 0.15
Helper 0.03 0.05 0.06 0.07 0.09
]66. Extra over item 163 if boarding is fixed (0 ceilings from below,
or if fixed in shelvcs/built-in-cupboards/pelmets and the like not sqm Carpenter 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.03
involving framed work. Helper om 0.01 0.01 om 0.01
167. Extra over item 163 if boarding is framed with dovetailed or r:
similar joints before fixing, sqm Carpenter 0.21 0.21 0.22 0.22 0.24
f"
,
!'
WOODWORK (Joinery)
Note: Constantsarefor workdone on hardwood. For work on softwoodreduce constantsby 33%. The category 'Helper'Ln
joinery constantsdenotessemi-skilled carpenter. Joinery constantsincludefor planing surfaces all over.
176. Fabricating and fitting in place Icdged, braced and battened shutters using 15 to 25 rnm
sq m Carpenter
Heiper
sq m Carpenter
0.60
0.15
0.75
..
thick battens. Helper 0.18
117. Fabricating and' fitting in place framed, Iedged, braced and baucned shutters using sq m Carpenter 2.30
-1
IS to 25 mm thick battens. Helper 0.40
178.Fabricating and fitting in place, plain, framed panelled shutters, with panels Oat on
boih sidcsr- (a) havingstyles and raiis 25 to 35 mm thick sq m Carpenter
Helper
1.80
0.50
-
(b) having styles and rails 40 to 50 mm thick sq m Carpenter 2.00
Helper 0.50
179. Add to items 178 (a) and (b) for raised timber panelswith bevelled or champhercd margins
on one side of the shuucr .: sqm . Carpenter 0.25
180.-Diuo- on both sides of the shutter'" .1
sq m Carpenter 0.50
..--.--:------~-.
- ----~------
." .. : .... .I·r'= _J.~;'.. U"\!}~;':'';'~·~':'~/:.!·:~ .•:.! :.:~,
'•.~~ n~~ ;". ..;:. ...
.:~.'
_-=:=:-:-c-:-'....,."}~~~:-'-:",__-:.~: •.':"':~_
..~_:__
~........
"'-"!".......u
...- ~~~ ....)... _-;-~i;\~.::.IlN:;:..;~i{~'""""Ddd~ ,..._.._ .•.•.
./
'4
;} 63
"";1 i
LABOUR CONSTANTS
,,
Unit Category Labour
SI.
1 Descriptionof work of of constants in
No. work labour days
l¥
~ 181.Marginal planing to edges of shutters to fit them within rebates of chowkats including
~ hanging shutters and easing, (for any type of flush, panelled. battened or skeleton shutter sq rn Carpenter 0.20
Helper
':~
of any thickness made of hard or softwood, Fixing hinges paid separately).
c- 182. Fixing only readymade floor level kitchen storage units of size 0.5 m long, 0.90 to 1.25 m Each Carpenter
0.20
0.13
.:~ 6tl high,and 0.5 to 0.75 m deep. includingplugging and securing to walls. ;' Helper 0.03
t'
Gl183. -Diuo- but for wall units 0.50 m long, 0.80 m high and 0.30 to 0.40 m deep. Each Carpenter 0.12
including -diuo- Helper 0.03
/.
6)
~
.!", 184. Making and fixing hardwood draining boardsto design ·sqm Carpenter 1.85
~ 185. Turner's work on hardwood in making balusters, newel posts, table legs and th~ like,
includingfixing in position ;-
(a) for sections upto 15 mm dia perm Turner 0.03
Carpenter 0.01
(b) [or sections exceeding 15 and not exceeding 25 mm dia perm Turner 0.08
Carpenter 0.03
(c) for sections exceeding 25 and not exceeding 50 mm dia perm Turner 0.30
Carpenter 0.06
(d) for sections larger than 50 mm dia (maximum girth x length) sq rn Turner 1.00
Carpenter 0.09
.,
.186. Makingand fixing timber stairs, 1m wide and 3 m rise per flight consisting of one wall
string, one outer string. risers and treads housed into strings, handrail on balusters, and
newelpost as necessary. all timber wrought and framed and fixed complete.
. per Carpenter
flight Helper
~15.00
4.00
.187. Makingand fixing newel posts 10 design (not requiring turning) upto 100 sq ern in ~ross perm Carpenter 0.22
sccnon, • Helper 0.05
:<0 .188. -Diuo-but exceeding 100 and upto 160 sq cm in crass section. perm Carpenter 0.30
~ Helper 0.06
:~ .189. Wall handrail to shape, made out of 50 mm x 50 mm overall cross section, hollowed for per m Carpenter 0.18
:~ ..,
.~: handgrip, screwed to hardwood plugs or.m.s.brackcts embedded in wall. ,Helper .0.04 .,,
~
.' ~ At. 190. Handrails. rounded or shaped, with splayed faces in straight length and fixed. upto per m Carpenter 0.14 .1
",!j., 50sq cm in cross-section. ... '. ... ... ... Helper 0.04 .,:
.:
;1
.191. -Dluo- but upto 75 sq cm in cross-section. perm Carpenter
Helper
0.26
0.04 n
(.
!.:
perm Carpenter :.;
.192. Extra over items 190 and 191 for sinking at bottom forflat iron core. 0.10
.193. Carving and fixing 90° ramps or knees in handrails. Each Carpenter 1.00
194. Carvingand fixing 1800 ramps or kness in handrails (as in doglegged stairs) E;ach Carpenter 3.00
Carpenter SI.
• Joiner's Work'
.'.. ., -c
·,~:,r·
"..
. ''-~A
64
LABOUR· CONSTANTS ~~
..
LaboUr . Labour t•
SI.
No.
Description of item fixed constants
SI.
No.
:
Description of item fixed constants t (: )
. in days in days
~rJ
I.
BUILDER'S HARDWARE
Notes: Labour constants arc in days 0/ work by skilled carpenter, and are for fixing one article of builder's hardware
1 r.
to hardwood. with screws. For work in fixing to softwood the constants may be reduced by 33%. ·.e (-.J
207. Barrel tower bolt or skeleton tower bolt of: 218. Tee hinge upto 200 mm length 0.05 .,l
(a) 75 to 100 mm size 0.03 219. -Dluo- 300 to 400 mm length 0.06
e -r:.1
(b) 125 to 300 mm size 0.05 220. Double action spring hinge of any size 0.07 • 2),j
(c) 375 to 450 mm size 0.06 -221. Bow handle of any size O.G!
f.. -:»
(d) 600mm size 0.07 222. Mortice latch or rim latch 0.18 , e 2·
20S. Sliding (aldrop) door bolt upto 300 mm size 223. Cupboard lock 0.07
with hasp and staple (suitable for usc with pad- 224. Drawer lock. 0.05
locks) fixed partly with nuts and bolts and partly
with screws. ... 0.07 225. Casement stay, any size 0.02
::!09.Boltsocket (thimble) lei into brick/stone/concrete 226. Fanlight catch with pivot and plate 0.07
including ~1I11;ne chases and grouting in. 0.04 227. Drawer pull 0.02 ..
h
c
e'l
",0::-.
210. Fixing bolt staple to wood. 0.01 228. Hat peg or coat hook 0.02
:! II. Butt hinge 25 to 75 mm size. 0.04 229. Wire hook and eye om
230. Hasp and staple, any size 0.02
:!12. Buu hinge 100 to 125 mm size. 0.06 E; n:
231. Finger plate 0.02 i
~13. Parliament hinge, any size. 0.06 fl..2
232. Towel rail including a pair of brackets plugged \'. ')_
METALWORKER
x.: 1
Unit Labour constant in days
(~
I
51.
Description of work of Blacksmith/fiuer/j Mazdoor
No.
work carpenter
237. Mild steel sheets, plain, upto 1;.6 mm thick, black or galvaniscd, in cladding to walls
or gates, fixed with scrcws/nails/rlvets to timber or steel frames with joints rivcttcd
orwclted sqm 0.12 0.12
:38. -Dllto- but in hearths, chulJah hoods, water tanks, water troughs, ducts, funnels
etc., fixed with -do- ... sqm 0.2£1 0.28
239. Add to item 237 if corrugated sheets arc used sq m 0-03 0.Q3
2-10. Expanded molal or welded steel fabric, cut to IcngtJi, bent to shape, tied with wire or
fixed with metal staples 10 wooden or steel members, (Fixing cover/edge strips of
limber or metal not included) kg D.08 ·0.08 ..
~41. Fixing only chain link fencing of any size or type, including line wires. (Erecting
poles/mils not included) ... ... ... ... sqm 0.03 0.06
::42. pr.~inOf stranded mild steel galvanised wire in caule fencing, including straining and 100m of .2~
fixing to poles of steel timber or concrete. '. wire run 0.10 0.45~
.·B. Two strand barbed wire of any description in fencing including straining and loomof
fixing to -diuo- ... ..• '.' _ ". .., wire run 0.15 0.75
-_.---_.,---.-------_
••. _".,._ ..,.,,~ .....f:.':'."-"~".;~~.'_""_'.
',\
65
LABOUR 'CONSTANTS
~Sl:
.. NO.
Description of work
Unit
of
work
. 1
Fiuer
Labour constants in days
Mason!
Carpenter
I Mazdoor
.". (ii)
(b) Fixing
14 to 20 mm dia
(a) . Fabrication
.
4.00
1.00
1.50
2.00
-
•
1.50
4.00
1.00
1.00
(b) Fixing - 0.75 1.50 0.90 1.00
.253. Railings, flat iron core for wooden/plastic handrails, wind tics,
fencing posts/struts, fillets for securing wcldmesh ctc.,
(a) Fabrication 2.00 0.65 - 2.65 -
o (b) Fi.xing - - 1.80 - 1.80
....
'-'W
r:
', .... _ ""
.'
I.. '
.
~... _.-
....~.-..._----:'""-.:----_ ..
66
LABOUR CONSTANTS '1r : 1IIh. ,
't:'"' -
·. : I -.
I'
Labour constants in days pet' quintal
Sl.
Description of work Black- Fitter/ Mason/. Helper/
r f':
No. semiskilled Mazdoor
smith welder carpenter (" -) s:
labourer .
ei
254. Framed work as in grills; gratings, framed guard bars.Iadders etc., e t'"
including necessary forging, welding, bolting, riveuing etc., :-
Fabrication ... 3.85 1.90 3.85 3.85 .. : I"
Fixing 1.75 1.75
c::r
255. Framed work as in compound gates.. wicket gates etc., having
purposemade pintle-hinges, stops, sliding bolts, locking
arrangement etc., including -do- ,
Fabrication ... 4.50 1.90· 4.50 3.85
Fixing 0.50 1.25 0.50 1.25
256. Small framed brackets made out of rolled steel sections including
.-do· (weight not exceeding 10 kg per bracket) :- -r
~
Fabrication 3040 1.65 3040 3040
Fixing 1.90 1.90 C·
257. Structural steelwork in rolled steel single sections, cut, hoisted C
and fixed indcpcndantly in position without connecting plates
Fabrication . 0.25 0.10 0.20 e
r
c
259. Plate girders or stanchions built up of single sections with flange
plates, caps, bases, splices. angle brackets, cleats and other c
connections including -do-
Fabrication 1.05
{_
0.70 0.90 0.90
Erection.and fixing 0.85 0.35 1.00 (.
260. Compound /Iattice girders and stanchions. stagings for water tanks
(.
-
etc .• built up from two or more rolled steel sections including caps,
bases, splices, brackets, gusset plates etc., including -do-
Fabrication ... 2.85 1.90' 2,45 2,45 C.
· Erection and fixing , .. 2.~5 0.85 2.50
261. Framing for cladding or north light glazing, etc .• out of rolled steel
sections fixed with angle cleats, connecting plates, gussets ete.,
including -do-
Fabrication 1.80. 1.20 1.55 1.55
Erection and fixing 2.60 1.00 3.00
262. Framed steel roof trusses, trussed purlins, crane gantries. heavy
bracket frames with cleats, gusset plates etc., including -do-
Fabrication 2.55 1.70" 2:Z0 2.20
Erection and fixing ... 3.20 1.30 :(75
./
263. MHd steel framed, hinged or sliding gates/doors made up of rolled
steel sections with gussets. mils. braces, hinges. stops. locking
devices etc" including -do- (steel sheet cladding and running rails/
guides considered separately) ..••.•
!•...
...
.\\
,d,., . ;_,).. !
67
1·....·;
LABOUR CONSTANTS
1Z ";. ~.'~~-------------- __ ------------------------_,~~--~~~--~~--
~
i -:
;
£~SL
-No.
Description of work
. Unit
of
work
Skilled
tradesman
I
Labour constants in days
Mazdoor/
bhisti
.~-.') ~
~~------------------~----------------------~------~----~------ ROOFING AND RAIN WATER GOODS
~_~ ~64. Corrugated mild steel sheeting, any gauge, black or galvaniscd laid with 1 or 1.5
:~ '. corrugation side lap, fixed with coach screws and washers in roofs or cladding to walls. sq m 0.08 0.07
~I :, ~265. -Do- but fixed with J or L shaped hook bolts and nuts, with bitumen and galvanis~
~ '~ limpet washers sqm 0.10 0.09
.t:·tI '., ~,\266. Extra over items 264 and 265 for fixing curved sheets, of any radius (as in Nissan
.
.. huts, Lahore sheds etc.,) .•• ... ... ... sq m 0.Q2 0.02
~-) f1i67. ~xtra. over items 264 and 265 if sh~ts are secured to each other by bolting or
· nvctung at :-
:, til (a) side laps, at 20 em c/c metre 0.03 0.03
. (b) end laps, at each corrugation metre 0.08 0.08
,;
.~ '~68. Extra over items 264 and 265 for :-
(a) raking cutting at hips/valleys ctc., or square CUlling and waste
;"\ti at abuturncnts metre 0.04 0.03
· :. (b) circular cutting metre 0.0·'5 0.05
:ij . 6)269. Plain mild steel sheeting, any gauge, black or galvaniscd. in flashings, ridges, hips
• .~ . and valley gutters (Ien~lh ~ girth):-
~~ (a) fabrication ... . .. sqm 0.23 0.10
; "8 (b) fixing sq m 0.10 0.10
'•. , 270. -Do- in semicircular eaves gutter, 150 mm dia, fixed 10 Oat iron brackets (brackets not
, ... included):- .
:fl·" (a) fabrication metre 0.09 0.09
.... . (b) fixing.... ... ... ... metre 0.10 0.10
.•. ' '.271. item 270 Ior each internal or external angle, and droll end r~}fconnection
if . .Extra over pipe
downtake including necessary welled or joints soldered CIC.,
10
Each 0.2·1 0.10
"f '6)212. -Do- but for stopped end Each 0.14 0.07
l· '£~273. Corrugated or semi-corrugated AC sheets in roof or cladding 10 walls, fixed .
j: :
~I,.
'.. with coach screws and washers '" sq m 0.10 0.09
:1;'-·.,274. -Do- but fixed with Jar L shaped hook boILS and nUIS,with bitumen and galva'nised
,. . ' llmpet washers . .•• ... '" '" sqm 0.11 0.10
215. Extra over items 273 and 274 for :-
q.::-. : (a) ral_<ingCULLing at hips/valleys etc.• or square cutting at abutments.
, I ,8 verges etc., metre 0.04 0.04
~~C~·. . (b) circular cutting .... metre 0.05 0.05
:
metre
metre
0.06
0.13
0.07
0.11 (d) Rain water-pipes any size metre 0.07 0,25
r:t ~O (g) Cowl ty.pevent Each 0.14 0.12 (e) All specials in.(d)
,(h) Ridge finial Each 0.Q7 0.09 except junctions Each 0.04 0.15
W:U (j) Rooflight . Each 0.25 0.25 (f) Junction, single Each 0.08 .0.20
f ..
\..
, ,'{k) Expansiol'l joint in roof (g) Junction, double Each 0.14 0.25
'.;' ..:: sheetin metre 0.08 0.10 OJ 3
· ....~: > ',". ' g ~.:- '. ()h Rain water heads Each 0.25
f ~~o}~:tD:~O!~.:
Constants in item In include for ruing holder bats wherever appropriate,
I ~.~~~~~if~'~~·.:<:":··
":"':
.
\_", '<": .
;
'. .I
,~:"~~:~~!-~~~;o:~.?
6S
..:.~.:~~:_.~~~
. ':,.::.':':.:
- --_. --- ....-._,_ ... ~_ •. .,_ ....
~ .....::t:."Jo.~~~ ..........~ ........~-....-.-- .•..
r
':~ .'
·1
.f
e
fi'
}
L
-T
\.
LABOUR CONSTANTS
Unit "·1
S1. . Description of work . of J,
No. work r .
S1.
.' No·C
278. Fixing standard pipe holder bats to 'walls, comprising two semi-circular _$_
...
halvcs of flat iron and cast iron base fixed to pi ugs.
279. Laying Manglorc pattern roof tiles (lixing battens excluded)
Each
sq m
0.Q3
0.06
0.09
d.12 ,..
Not
280. Laying ridge/hip tiles to suit Mangiore tile roof, including bedding and
jointing in lime or cement mortar. metre 0.05 0.10 f'
2SI. Raking CUllingto Manglore tiles at hips and valleys.
282. Straight CUlling to -do- at abutments, chimney stacks/verges.
metre
metre
0.06
0.04
0.01
0.01
303. A.C
.m
2S3. Bedding Manglore tiles at caves/verges in lime/cement mortar. metre 0.03 0.04 304'ft'rl
:204. Drilling holes in eaves tiles and screwing to eaves battens. 100 Nos 0.70 0.70
305.Jo
285. Stone slab roofing (40 mm slabs) laid over concrete or wooden joists, set teal
and pointed at top and soffit in cement/lime mortar. sqm 0.14 0.24
306.~ta
286. Add/deduct from item 285 for each variation of 5 mm thickness .... sq m 0.02 0.03
287. 80 mm thick (average consolidated thickness) mud phuska on fiat roofs, 307.'1)'
including 25 mm thick mud plaster and gobrl lceping. sqm 0.15 0.45
308.{:(
23&. Add/deduct from item 287 for evcry variation of 10 rnrn thickness .... sqm 0.01 0.04
2!!9. Deduct from item 22 if gobri lccping is not required sq m 0.Q3 309.{.;(
21)0.Filling cinder and light ramming (in hollows for WC pans/baths left for 310.C'~
future cxpansion.) cu III 1.06
i 291. Grading nat roof surface by (mixing and) laying cinder concrete, any mix, 311.(i
,I
1 to required slope, finished even ... ... ... cum 0.09 2.10
'"92. Cuuing out cracks to V shape and grouting with rich cement mortar (in lime 312.(:.,
terracing/roof slabs/adjoining parapets) metre 0.06 0.08 tin
'~;J3.-Do- but filled with a mixture of hot bitumen and S4lOd after brushing the
(
crack with !'nl bitumen metre O.OS 0.10
::'14. Lime concrete terracing in roof, including mixing lime concrete, treated
C
313. rL
with gur and Q,cifruil. and rounding junctions with walls (tack CO~1 of
bitumen not included) cu 111 1.00 6.20
C
:,:95. Extra over item 294 for smooth trowelled finish sq m 0.04 C
\ ....:
0.22
(c) Branches double Each 0.37 0.22
.t
---_._---_._------
.) -
i .'
LABOUR CONSTA.NTS
-
Labour constant in days for a team of one
.
1 SI.
, No. Des~ription of work Fixed I Fixing
wi III
nails
with
screws
l
carpenter and one mazdoor together
Add if I
Fixed by
fixed to other means
ceiling as described
UOIt of work: per square metre
CEILINGS, LININGS AND WA.LL HOARDING
, Note: For work in narrow widths as inpelmets and the like increase respective labour constants by 30%.
'W .
-r, 303. A.C. building boards 4 to 7 mm thick, fixed with countersunk srcws, holes
."J drilled, screw heads covered with plaster of paris 0.09 0.03
, -', 304. Fibre insulation boards, particle insulation boards and tiles (plain or
fwJ perforated). wood wool building slabs and the like. 0.05 0,07 0.Q2
I."j 305. Wood wool building slabs fixed with hot blown type bitumen (Labour for a
team of one bitumen worker. one mazdoor and one carpenter), 0.Q3
'-' 306. Standard or tempered hard board 0.08 0.02
.._;: 307. Plywood of any description or thickness upto 12 mm 0.05 0.07 0.03
_) ·308.\Vood particle boards, any type, upto 25 mm thick 1).(\4 o.os 0.03
, 30<), mock board, any thickness 0.08
1-·"
:~,::-"'\
(a) Each 5 min of adduional thickness of floor lin ish
(b) finishing to a. fmc steel trowelled smooth surface 'without
0.03
Q.Ql
0,0}
0.01
(e) 2 to 3 mm thick finishing coat with neat cement mixed with
pigment and fine sand, steel trowelled to a fine smooth surface
(machine polishing not included) 0.05 0.01
Note: Labour constants given in items 317 and 318 (a). (b) and (d) also apply 10 granolithic lopping of floors .
.:..Itj
<, .~
\ ). ._0'.,",:
.I
-.
SI.
No.
~19. (a) 15 mm thick wearproof topping, incorporating metallic hardener (such as 'Ironite' etc.,) with
granolithic concrete mix,laid in bays and finished fair and even with a steel.trowel ... 0.15 m
0.06 ~in, .
(b) -Do- but 20 mm thick 0.Q7 0.17
3~A ..,
n I
320. Treating floor with three dressings of sodium silicate solution 0,03
321. Drushing or sprinkling subfloors with neat cement slurry 0.01 0.Ql
3:t p
f~P
322. (a) Precast concrete slabs 40 mm thick, in flooring, bedded on 15 mm thick layer of mortar, jointed 336. I
and pointed flush (including labour in making precast slabs) . 0.15 0.40 C,c "
. (b) -Do- but 50 mm thick 0.16 0.45 3:t ( (
(c) As in (a) above but except labour in making precast slabs 0.13 0.32
3t. .
(d) As in (b) above but except -do- 0.14 0.37
3~';1
,(e) Add to items (a) or (b) above if precast slabs are finished smooth using exira cement ·0.04 0.01
3(:..
323. Brick floor using old size conventional bricks '-
(a) bricks laid flat:
(i) ·laid dry on 25 mm thick sand cushion, joints filled with sand 0.02 0.07 3~.
(ii) -do- but joints poimed flush in cement mortar , 0.Q7 0.16
(iii) bedded grouted and pointed flush in same mortar as work proceeeds 0.09 0.18, .3•.
(b) bricks laid on edge:
(i) As in (a) (i) above 0.03 0.09
e
(ii) As in (a) (ii) above 0.08 0.17
,(iii) As in (a) Cii9 above
(
0.10 0.19
:324. Stone seu paving.Iaid to herringbone or other pattern, using stone sctts of size 20 to 25 em long, 15
to 20 em wide and 15 em deep, bedded on 20 mm layer of mortar, 20 mm joints filled with mortar
c
34).
(with admixture of metallic hardener), and finished Ilush 0.85 0.30 C"
325. Extra over item 324 for area of floor in edging using stone seus 45 em deep .•... 1.45 O.SO ~~:.
. . .
326. Self faced sandstone/limestone slabs 25 to 4C mm thick, bedded (average 15 to 20 mm bedding). I
jointed and pointed in any mortar (including rough dressing-and squaring to edges) ... 0.16 0.11 S....l· .r--.
327. Self faced limestone such as 'Shahbad' or 'Kudappah' slabs 25 to 30 mm thick (using ready polished ... .~
l
slabs of uniform size) bedded on 10 to 20 mm thick layer with fine flush pointed joints inany mortar. 0.12 0.11
,., j
328. Addto item 327 if in treads and risers of steps, and in skirting 0.06 0.05
329. Add to item 327 if-in dado 0.10
Note on polisher :Labour constant given in IS : 7272 (Pari I) for machine Labour constants in days per sq m
polishing @ 050 day per sq m of polisher and 0040day per sq <;0
m of polishing machine appears to be much 100 high as per Mason! 1 POlisher_ I Mazdoor/
trade enquiries made with' polishing sub-contractors.
Further, considering idle lime of machine. constant for 'the
payiour l bhisti
polisher and polishing machine may be taken as same.
\, 34. .- .
330. 10 mm thick terrazo cast in situ in floors, including cutting grinding and ~
polishing (underlayer and devider strips not included) '" . .•• 0.10 ,0.12' 0.22
331. Add or deduct from item 330 for each mm of thickness over or under 0.005 0.015 f
332. Extra over terrazo topping cast in situ. for work in :- . r
"
71
.•~;
~li~~~·~
~> ~Pti®o::~UR CONmNfS
~__
~__
"t-_La_:_~-;-nTsltan-p-:-:-.
~Plav~lo~~~~
h-:-Y'ls-per-Mazd-S_q-:-r,
~~b~hi~~~· ___
. I
.Jl, Q. Precast cement/ierrazo tiles (initial machine cut to top surface given during
manufacture in factOry), set jointed and pointed in neat cement slurry, in floors,
~ including cutting and polishing with machine (screed not included) 0.10 0.10 0.20
'J~li)4. Add;10 item 333 if in dado or full tile high skirting. hand polished (backing
~"~~ screed,
".;;" , not Included) ••• ... ... ...., ... ,. 0.04 . 0.18· 0.04
'":-I ' .. .. .
;,'
..
1 4ts. Ad~ 10 item 333 if in half tile high skirting or in risers and treads of steps, hand
-r .,:~ polished, (-co-) , 0.05 0.15 0.05
,!
>::l 336. Bees wax polishing 10 terrazo cast in situ finish or to cement/terrazo tiles in floor,
'C .',' ~ dado/skirtings etc., ... ... ... ... ... 0.02 0.02
;'",J ~?,37. Glaz.ed earthenware-tiles, about 15 em x 15 cm in size (or of rectangular shape).
,,!~ f .W 6 mm thick, in floors, set,jointed and pointed in neat cement (screed not included) . 0.55 0.55
:.::F' : t;:38. -Do- but in skirtings and dado, including on window eills (-dO·)
0.65 0.65
",4
:f(:-; .,39. Linoleum cut 10 size, "n<llaitlloosc in floor 0.01 0.01
~:~l;
'_
Yl.-r' ' raking CUllingfor parquet flooring will be 0.40 day per metre and for
circular cutting 0.12 day per metre of paviortcarpenter, .
:tit§l,
_;-;:,{£
343. Screeding to,floors average 15 mm. thick in cement/lime mortar 10 required levels!
falls (prepamtory to laying floor finish) •.• ... ... 0.06 0.12
"., , ., 344. Add or deduct from item 343 for every 5 mm thickness less or more 0.01 0.02
_''',I
1~~'
".p,. "j .Sundry
.
Labours- Floor Finishes.
Labour constants in days per
running metre
~J~\.. , . Mason/pavior 1Mazdoor,tbhisti
~l :'.. 345. Extra over' cast-In-situ finishes (such as terrazo, ordinary or granollthic concrete -
J.f \ with or without metallic floor hardener etc.) for following labours:
~~ .4.. (a) inte:nal rounded angles.•internal coving, or external angle or champher or
··~U·-', .. nosing upto 25 mm radius ... 0.03 0.03
fi~.i ~ , 'h
-:tt".','" \ '"
(b) fair stopped edge 0.02 0.02
,#~l"~ (c) aluminium/plastic/asbeslOs/glass deviding strips to form bay:
,~'lU.: ., (i) in floors 0.02 ',0.02
~.:,; i (ii) in vertical faces
0.025 0.02
lt~l' 6) .(d) Aluminium (or any other kind) angle or non-slip pattern edging totreads
t~r
%'" .
I'
~;l_
. , of steps.
. '0.03
' 0.01
I ,~•
..
';} :, (b) bricks laid on edge .,0.04
.~~l
.CiI (c) cement/terrazo tiles ........
r: 0.10·'
"
0.02
lif,~.
~:i 6i)
(d) glazed carthnware tiles
(e) rubber/vinyl/pVC asbestos tiles
0.10
0.02 om
~J _.. Note: 'For circular CUllingincrease the labour constants in item 346 (c) to (e)
~~ <.L.;.'."".' by three times. No addition required on item 346 (a) and (b). ' ... ':
3~8. Extra.labour required. -in providing dry pebble dash finish (on and immediately 3.: ..)
. . after freshly applied rendering) •••.. '" ... . '" 0.04 0.03 . "
359. Taking down old plaster from brick or stone walls, raking out the joints, hacking for
);ey and scrubbing down, where old plaster is in .:-
),
73
~T -" LABOUR CONSTANTS
r!:~~-------------------------------------------------,~------~~--
,;.I-~
:~':....
"',:: Dcscriptionofwork Labo;'~'~~~;~:::':YS
t' 6i...
'<!..J' --'-_p;...;;I.;.;;lIs;.;.;tc:;.:.re""'r_IL....,;M=nw=oo.;;;.;r'-
, .J!JJ. Extra labour in plastering for :- . ' ..
':
IW
"c' • •.
(a) work in isolated unconnnectcd portions upto 30 em width or girth including cutting to edges,
stopped ends, fonning comers etc., as inbands, skirtings etc. 0.04 0.04
~.:j tj (b) neatly finishing wall PI~ter at junction of wall with treads and risers of steps. nosings or in
.'.'~
i .. exposed stepped skirting of stairs (each edge measured) '" •.• 0.01 0.01
.( '; til
.
(c) forming external or internal rounded angles exceeding 80 mm and not exceeding 200 10m girth. 0.08 0.08
:"~
;~!', ~ (d). forming Vor square grooves in plaster upto 10 mm wide on face and upto 10 mm deep. 0.Q3
;,., V
~;i (e) -Do- but upto 15 mm wide on face and upto 15 mm deep 0.05
.";
~;,.' (g) " -do- but exceeding 150 mm and UpLO 225 mm in girth 0.09 0.09
::.1.:
..{
~I
;<~,':- .361.
rB'l
•
.
(h) -do- but exceeding 225 mm and upto 300 mm in girth
Time required for s~ndry labours given in (a) to (f) below is already included in relevant
constants for plastcring i-
0.10 0.10
~q: .". (a) Forming slightly rounded internal or external angles ... '" 0.02 0.02
"J~.. '. (b). Forming internal or external rounded angles. 2S mm girth 0.03 0.03
0.07
0.05
0.Q7
.•
~
2-1'~. (e) Forming square or charnphcrcd finished edges (UpIO 15 mm thick) to raised plaster panels or
. to skirling/dlldo projecting beyond the general Ieee of plaster 0.01 0.01
~~.;
~'. ,
(f) -Do- but for plaster raised by more than 15 mm beyond general face 0.02 0.02
Labour constants in
,..~~--.1.
-.J, .
.
dayspersqm
Plasterer I Mazdoor/
...~.:~:""';.
; .!.
'L~
362. Raking out joints of old brick walls buill in :-
(a) mud mortar ... ,
bhisti
0.06
363. Raking out joints of old rubble masonry or concrete block walling in :-
.r
~'--..
(a) mud mortar
(b) lime mortar
0.05
0.06
~j
.~
..
:~~
....
i!! -.: .
'1< •
-}~
(c) cement/cement-lime mortar
364. Raking out joints of old self faced stone slab floor or precast concrete slab floor pointed in'
cement mortar
365. Raking out fresh mortar joints of rubble walling as work proceeds 0.Q3
om
0.03
1;,.•• -~ '_
'. 366. -Do- but of brick walling, as work proceeds 0.04
.
~~.
367. Pointing on brickwork :-.
~..
i!i[
_:.,''r;.'-
.. (a). Flush, .in.different mortar as a separate operation 0.08 0.12
(b) Ruled or keyed 0.09 0.12
,.' _.~
~~ (c) Cut or weather struck 0.10 0.12
1;:0 • 'iI (d) Raised and cut
1.70
-i, :::
0040
f.~ '~" 368. Po.inling on brick flooring laid flat :-
in different mortar as a separate operation 0.05 0;10
0.06 .0.10.
. . ..
'6)
..
,
.,
, "
. ,. e-
Latour constants in
days persq m
!
•.-1'l
SL ~:·'>'::.J.r.:_;:.!:'.£l._'': .. "_'
No. :.:.;:~.~~,_.~.
_.,::.:.~.~;:
.., : Y. _~ .. _.~ Description of work
Plasterer I Mazdoor/
bhisti (?~ !
'.' ('
369. Pointing on brick flooring laid on edge :-
(a) Flush, in different mortar as a separate operation 0.06 0.10 -~
t3f !
0,» Ruled 0.08 0.10
370. Pointing to brick tile flooring :- t-3~
\
(a) Flush, in different mortar as a separate operation
(b) Ruled ..
371. Pointing to brick tile facing, with bricks laid flat in stretchers :-
0.03
0.04
0.07
0.Q7 •I (,3~
(a) Flush, in different mortar as a separate operation 0.12 0.16 CJE
(b) Rilleq 0.13 0.16
(c) Cut or weather struck 0.16 0.16 ~8
(d) Raised and cut 1.90 0.40
C·
372. Pointing on concrete block walling or on coursed ashlar stone masonry :-
(a) Flush, in different mortar as a separate operation 0.08 0.12 c
(b) Ruledorkeyed 0.09 0.12
(c) Raised and cut (or tuck pointing) 0.17 0.17
C
.373. Pointing on random rubble stone masonry, uncoursed/brought upto courses :- e
(a) Flush, in different mortar as a separate operation
(b) Ruled or keyed
0.10
0.11
0.14
0.14
,e
38
(c) Raised and cut (or tuck pointing) 0.20 0.20 e
374. Pointing on squared rubble stone masonry, coursed or uncoursed :- (
(a) Flush, in different mortar as a separate operation 0.09 0.13
(b) Ruledarkeyed 0.10 0.13 (
(c) Raised and cut (or tuck pointing» 0.19 0.19 s:
",.
.375. Pointing 00 self faced stone slab flooring or precast concreteslab floor t-
(a) 'Flush, indlfferent mortar as a separate operation 0.04 0.08 c.
(b) Ruled or keyed 0.05 0.08
WHITE'! COLOUR-WASHING, DISTEMPERING ETC. )
!
Category I Labour constan t in days per 10 sq m . ~)
I
of Labour I Walls Ceilings
. 376. Brooming down plastered!unplastered surfaces of new or old work. Mazdoor 0.02 0.03 )
377. Cleaning old decorated surfaces using steel wire brushes/sand paper. Mazdoor ,0.03 0.05 . "l
379. Complete removal of old decorative treatment Iike distemper etc. Mazdoor 0.15 0.22' "
First Each First
- )
Each
coat subsequent coat subsequent .~
3R ,
coat.' coat
,
.,. )
75
LABOUR CONSTANTS
...... Labour constants in days per 10~ m
Category Walls Ceili~
SI. Description of work of
No. First Each First _l Each
,. Labour coat subsequent coat subsequent
coat ' coat
fU
'0 382. ~:e::~!{COIOur washing, each subsequent coat Lime-washer 0.06 0.08
Mazdoor 0.Q3 0.04
t,; .J•• ! ,
,'0 383. Sizing plastered surface with oil-size putty to a hard,
I) . .. smooth
".. .
and even surface •.• ..... ... Painter 0.36 0.43
~.
"
0 384. Applying ordinary dry washable distemper Painter 0.20 0.13 0.25 0.16
Mazdoor 0.05 0.04 0.05 0.04
V
I 385. Applying oil bound washable distemper or acrylic Painter 0.25 0.20 1).30 0.24
~O emulsion paint Mazdoor 0.06 0.05 O.OQ 0.05
r
\,). 386. Applying waterproof cement paint (such as Painter 0.30 0.25
!. 'Snowcem' etc. ... ... Mazdoor 0.10 0.10
.~ Bhisli 0.10 0.10
f' Note: Add 30% exira labour on items 381,382, or 38410 386 if work is done on rough castplastertpebbledash surface.
'\)
Labour constant for glazier in days per sq m of work
e Upto 0.10
Exceeding.
0.10 and not
Exceeding
0.50 and not Exceeding
.~ GLAZING sq m exceeding exceeding one sq m
pcrpane 0.50 sq m 1 sq m per pane
per pane IX:T'pane
':Q 387. CUlling glass panes to required dimensions (preparatory to
.glazing) of:- '
i"~
(a) clear/ready- frosted sheet glass of ordinary or selected
1). .glazing quality 2 to 4.8 mm thick 0.07 0.06 0.05 0.04
,! .
(b) -diuo- bul5.5 or 6.3 mm !.hick 0.09 0.Q7 0.06 0.05
\, ftl .
(c) 'figured. patterned or pin headed glass 3 or4 mm thick. 0.08 0.07 0.06 0.05 !
..-,/ 9. l~
(d) -ditto- but 5 to 6 mm thick 0.09 0.08 0.Q7 0.06 I.
I:
I'
~
.~ . (e) rough cast wired glass 6.4 mm thick 0.10 0.09 '0.07 0.06 I~
~"':";"c (Q" ~ cast wired and flgured/patterned glass 6A mm
0.11 0.10 0.08 0.Q7
,
,0,07 ::
;:~:
,.) ....
\.:" (g)' heat absorbing (,Calorex' etc) glass 3 mm thick. 0.06 0.05 0.04
i'
·t·, < 0';::;(;; ':;,' ~d::~i:~ :o:::!::te glass
0:09
0.09
0.Q7
0.07
0.06
0.06
0.05
0.05
i·
IiI:
L
to,· ..;' . Labour constant for glazier in days per ~ m
Ii
[ Before using constants given below on this page, Tlmberdocrs/wlndowsjpanltions Metal doors/windows
please refer notes applicable 10 item 388 given on
:n~/pagel With
With 'beads Wi!.hbeads
fixed with fixed with With
Fixed
with
I:
putty sprig/brads/ cups and putty metal
"
' "
.~,
:::~;: •
6
LABOUR CONSTANTS
L Labour constants in
Description of work days of glazier
No.
(iii) Add 10% to the constants of glazier for work in second storey and above Hush dwr.: ':
if donefrom outside standing on scaffolds. Glazed(v. ~
(ill) Add 50% to the constants of glazier for work done off ladders. in small quantities.
Partly ( .\
(a) Grinding, obscuring or frosting clear glass at site of work sqm 0.17 Fully vcne;
(c) Hack out broken glass and putty/remove glass and beads, from timber joinery. sqm 0.25 Woods: .1:
(d) Hack out broken glass and puuy from metal casements including removing! Steel ru:.
punching out old spring clipS/pins etc, sqm 0.30
Fully r'~:
(e) Salvaging old serviceable glass from wooden or metal casements and wlndows
~.
removing to store . sqm 0040 I
(C) Grinding and rounding orr edges of glass of any type below 4 mm in thickness. m 0.05
(g) . -Dluo-. but 4 mm in thickness '" m om .
(h)' Circular cutting on glass upto 4 mm thick m 0.13
Nf# ~:
(i) -Diuo- but exceeding 4 mm thick m 0.16
(j) Drilling holes upto 12 mm dia in glass not exceeding 4 mm thick Each 0.02
390. Pre ,
, . (k) -Diuo- but i~ glass exceeding 4 mm thick Each 0.03 mixui
(1) Fixing mirror wilh plywood backing to wall with 4 dome headed chromium 391. Tal •.•
plated screws, including plugging to walls ..• Each 0.20 or be
0.1
PAINTING, POLISHING, VARNISHING, TARRING, OILING ETC.
392. Tar
Notes iLabour constants gillen in this section, unless mentioned otherwise, are for plain surfaces measured nell. Before tarrln;
working out a rate for an item of work as displayed in the Bill of Quantities to be priced, the labour constant ,...
should be adjusted where applicable. by the multiplying factor mentioned against various types of uneven surfaces 393. Prel'''
listed in the table given be/ow. If the method of measurement adopted for working out quantities varies with
the method of 'measurement mentioned in the table below, further adjustments in the constants may become (a)
necessary.
(b)
Metbod or Measurement
• (c) ..
(a) All measurements to be taken flat, i.e. not girthed.
(d) ;:: -,
. (b) Areas of timber or metal doors I windows cic., to be measured nat on face inclusive !
of frame I chowkat, Edges, chocks, cleats, beads fillings etc., shall not be measured w
separately. No deduction to be made for glass ~anes or gauzed areas.
(c) TileI slate battening to be measured Ilat overall, not girthed, and no deduction to be • ,.........
made for open spaces between battens, . .J
(d) Trellis work, guard bars, balusters, gratings, grills, XPM / weldmcsh, steel railings and 394. Pain"
gates, open palisa9c fencing and the like to be measured flat overall without deducting mark!
open spaces, and supporting members I frames etc., not to be measured separately. lcng , \
'- ~ '!'... ,
. (e) Steel rolling .shutters I collapsible gales to be measured for the size of opening. Top 395. Pair ," ~.
cover of rolling shutters to be measured separately for both (internal and external) 10 en <_.J
. faces.' '.'
\.
77
LABOUR CONSTANTS
Multipliers for converting uneven surfaces into equivalent plain area
'6;
~--------------------------~---------.----------------------------_r-------
Multiplier Multiplier '
• to obtain to obtain
Description of uneven surface equivalent Description of uneven surface, equivalent
~ __ _r------------------------.------~-p-mm_'_&__ea~
~_'p_l_ai_n_U_ea
., For each side For each side
•
: Panelled or battened joinery 1.30 Partly glazed or gauzed 'and partly steel sheet
claddcd steel doors. 0.80
, Flush doors 1.20
Corrugated steel sheets 1.14
~ Glazed or gauzed joinery 0.80
Corrugated A. C. sheets 1.20
.Parlly panelled nnd partly glm'.cd/gau1.cd
• joinery 1.00 Scmi-corrugntcd A. C. sheets 1.10
Fully venetiancd/louvrcd joinery
For painting
, 1 1.80 all over
i ...
, ,Weather boarding 1.20 Wooden trellis or jaffri 2.00
.. Wood shingle roofing 1.10 Tile/slate roof battening 0.80
_, Steel rolling shutters 1.10 Guard bars, gratings, grills, XPM/weldmesh,
,I•
, t I 'windows
glazed Fully or gauzed steel doors and
0.50
gates etc.
1.50
I ~,
" ~I
Gf,--,--------------------------------------------r--------~~----------------
Labour constant in days of
,'i'ii~ •.. Description of work
Unit of
Work 1-----
painter or polisher
h:~,,.•
~~.
Note: Constants givenfor painting and allied work are for working off thefloor or scaffolding. For ladder work where
First
Coat
l Each subsequent
coat
i~..'l: • scaffolding is not provided painter's time should be increased by 15% and an additional allowance of one
,~ . mazdoor for 2 painters (or 50% of painter's time) made.
1~:(!..39Q. Prepare surface and apply creosote oil or linseed oil or a coal tar
:L;i' ~ • 'mixture 'to timber or wood based surfaces 10sq m 0.25 0.15
391. Tarring to small articles like holdfasts, gully gratings. ends of posts,
or backs of chowkats etc., where area of tarring is less than
f}};4, .. , 0.10 sq m per article. 100 Nos '0.50
~
..
l• 392. Tarring ends of posts, backs of chowkats and the like, where area of
tarring ex.ceeds 0.10 and docs not exceed 0.50 sq m per article. 100 Nos. 1.00
~4:t,• 393. Prepare timber I wood based surfaces and apply ;-
~~j
~:-; -
II (a) bees-wax' polish 10sq m 1.00 0.60
>'At '..
" \. (b) varnish iOsqm 1.65 0.90
.
i'~:"'!..
f( / .
.,..~;"1;: 'I ,£
~l',',[
'-\'I'·"
(c) French polish ...
10m
3.50
0.75
1.90
,0.60
I
:I
"~1~1':
11~ '-If New work including Renewal ~
:}it,'~ , , cleaning surfaces ",
arid setting out coat
j
)ll~,
~;}'
.~ fij
394. Painting traffic lines. by .hand, single coat, 10 cm wide wilh road
.. marking paint on concrete pavements or tar roads (gaps between short
"
'~5Il
~~
'' lengths to be deducted
,
10m 0.10 '0.08
[,1:' 'J''-\
:It'4~ ,w
lJ ..
"" .....
~~_. e.: ~.~ •. ~:;-:. T.'S'··
-:~------------~-------,--~~----------------~----
~
C·
" LABOUR CONSTANTS --(-r-
.-
98. Painting to metal surfaces with -do- 10 SCI m 0.12 0.35 0.35 035 (
plaster surfaces or asbestos cement surfaces ... 10sq m 0.15 0.30 0.35 0.37
t
ainting letters etc. on walls I pavements I roads Unilof Labour constants in
work days of painter (
01. Painting in background (whhe/btack or any other colour) of any size or shape, {
', prcparntory to painting in letters ... ... ... sqm 0.30
02. Painting Icuers upto 2 em high on any smooth surface like plastered walls etc. 10 Nos 0.10 €
03. Extra over item 402 Cor cvery cm additional hcight above 2 cm 10 Nos 0.04 e
04. Painting commas, stops, byphens, brackets, etc., any size IONos' 0.04 (.
Labour constants in days of (
Hanging wall paper paper-hanger per 10 sq m
j,
41l{ .;1
Walls Ceilings
of
105. Stripping old paper and cleaning 0.10 0.10 (.n.
:06. Cleaning down surfaces and Slopping holes etc. 0.06 0.06 415~T_..<.
416l1;
lisl
pn
·08. Hanging lining or ordinary wall-paper 0.20 0.30
Lc
:09. Hanging wall-paper of light raised pattern 0.30 0.42 ioi
10. Hanging wall-paper of heavy raised pattern or of heavy fabric pauern 0.50 0.70
WATER SUPPLY, PLUMnING, DRAINS AND SAI\'1TARYFITTINGS
Notes: (a) To work out lab0U: co~t~t per metrefor layingcast iron pipes,multip~ythe total weigh: in quintalsof 10 pipes
~Ythe conslant~given m item 411 for each categoryof labour, anddevide the product by tirelengthof 10 pipes
In metres as laid.
(b) To work.oUl.lapo.urconstantsfor laying only of eac~1specialfiuing for cast iron pipes, multiply weight of
eachfitting m quintals by the labour constant per quintalfor each category of labourer given in item 412.
rr-;
l .. J
.. ---~---
!'W:.
/" \1
\ 79 q
LABOUR CONSTANTS . '" '. "'---_-./;
IL-----------------~--~--~~--+-----
Joints between cast iron pipes and cast iron pipe/specials. of :-
j,
as Tyton' . bolts and nuts
Note: Where single length-of concrete pipe is to be laid (as in cross-drain for foot paths etc .•) jointer's time is not to be added.
LABOUR CONSTANTS
-- ----------------------------~----~~--~~------~----------~---
Category Labour constants in'days per metre
SI. Description of work of Internal diameter of pipes in mm
No. Labourer IS 1 20 I 25 I 32 40 1 I 50
(n) laid in trenches (excavation/earthwork not Plumber 0.01 om O.ol 0.01 0.02 0.02
•.4 i ~ !'
included) Mazdoor 0.02 0.02 0.03 0.03 0.Q3 0.03
f II , ,
425
(b) fixed to walls, ceilings or floors, secured with
clips/wall hooks including plugging (cutting Plumber 0.07 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.10 0.11
C
....
~ chases for concealed work excluded) Mazdoor 0.07, 0,07 0.07 0.10 0.13 0.16
.~:
C
External diameter of pipes ill nun
16 I 20 I 25 I
32 I 40 50
419. Polythelcne and unplasticised PVC pipes, low or
high density. including all necessary specials.cuulng
~I
and jointing as specified :-
(a) Taps and cocks of any kind and diameter 0.05 0.05
....
(b) SLop-cocks, stop valves and gale valves other than
in concealed work :-
(i) upto 20 mm dia 0.06 0.06
(ii) 25 and 32 rnm dia 0.08 0.08
(iii) 40 and 50 mm dia 0.09 0.09 ,
~
J
(c) Ball valves :-
(i) upto 20 mm dla 0.05 0.05
(ii) 25 and 32 mm dia 0.07 0.07
(iii) 40 and 50 mm dia 0.08 0.08
(d) Shower rose suitable for 15 to 20 mm dla pipe , 0.06 :.. , 0.06
}/
------_ .._---_._.-- ....._._-_._._ •.._-----_ .... ,' -_._, ...--- __ ._,_ .._.",.,_
.. .. , ....
1\
.~ . 81
LABOUR CONSTANTS
-w "
., .
.. Unit Category
Labour constants in days (of 8 hours)
:..~.
per unit of work
~. Description of work of of
Work Labourer Internal diameter of pipes I specials "
"
50mm I 75mm I loomm
-
h
ll:J
4!l. -Dluo- but laid in trenches or under floor perm Plumber 0-03 0.03 0.03
Mazdoor 0.04 0.04 0.05
~
'W. Fixing cast iron fittings suitable for pipes in items 423
.& 424 above.inc1udingcultingofpipeswhererequired,
• and extra joints in spun yam and cement m.o~ :- .
(a) bends. duck fOOL bends, diminishing
..
Mazdoor 0.08 0.09 0.11
(c) P or Strap, nahni trap or floor trap (any size Each Plumber 0.15
of outlet) Mazdoor 0.20
!6. Extta over items 423 to 425 above for run lead (or per Plumber 0,04 0.05 0.06
. .' lead wool) caulked joints in lieu of cement joints joint Mazdoor 0.02 0.04 0.05
•
••
yarn and cement mortar (fittings measured separately)
i
. above including CUllingof pipes and extra joints where
!
• involved :-
(a) Bends, diminishing pieces, single branch
j
i:
'I
(c) Slotted vent cowl or vent cap cowl Each Plumber 0.02 0.03 0.03
Mazdoor 0.02 0.03 0.03
0.07
0.14
I 150
0.10
0.17
I
200 230
0.12
0.19
I 250
0.13
0;22
0.15·
0.23
0.17
0.25
.'.f.I (a) bends Each Mason 0.04 0.06 om 0.08 0.09 0.10
Mazdoor 0.08 0.10" OJl 0.13 0.14 0.15
~.
(b) single Y junctions Each Mason 0.08 .0.12 . 0.14 ·0.16 0.18. 0.20
.~, Mazdoor 0.13 0.16 0.18 0.21 0.22 0.24
(c) double Y junctions Each Mason 0.12 0.18 0.21 0.24 0.27. 0.30
0' Mazdoor 0.15 0.18 . 0.21 0.24 0.25 0.27
",' .
~
~
436. Fixing comer or flat back urinal to wall and pointing around including fixing
C
grating with union an~ discharge pipe and connection 10 flushing pipe Each 0.40 0.40
. . C'
4.37. Fixing automatic cast iron flushing cistern including brackets for urinal(s).
and connecting up to supply and discharge pipes Each 0.40 0040 t
438. Fixing storage type water heaters for baths and connecting up outlets and inlets
for water supply (wiring and electrical connections excluded) Each 0.70 0.70 ..,. . "..
(St·_·1
439. Preparing foundation and installing small electric booster pump including r ..
joining up to (separately laid) pipes on suction and delivery side. and fixing foot
valve, sLmineretc., complete (wiring for electrical connections excluded) ... Each 1.10 1.10 c
440. Fixing and connecting up nahni trap Each 0.20 0.20
L
441. Fixing gully trap 230 x 300 mm size including inspection chamber in brick
work, plastering, fixing Irarne for cover, etc .• and connecting to drain pipe Each 0.35 0.35 C·
442. Square manholes upto 0.30 sq m clear inner size 'on plan, up to 0.60 m deep, t"i~
including concrete foundations, brickwork. plaster. forming haunching and half '- ,.',
.,. )
round drains. connecting up to incoming and outgoing pipes and setting frame
for cover (excavation/earthwork excluded) Each 0.65 0.65.
J
443. ~xtra over item 442 for each additional depth of 0.30 m Each 0.25 0.25 ,.-.
No
444. All as in hem 442 but 0045 sq m clear inner size on plan. upto 0.60 m deep Each 0.80 0.80
La.
445. Extra over item 444 for each additional depth of 0.30 m
. .
Each 0.35 0.35 ..)
446. Round manholes of standard size "upto 0.60 m deep, including concrete
.. ........
foundations etc., all as in item 442 above .Each . 2.30 .. )
2.30
447. Extra over item 447 for each additional depth of 0.30 m Each 0.50 0.50 -,
~J
. 448. Waterproofing sunk portions in upper floors for baths/toilets or water closets \
(size of enclosure upto 2.25 sq m on plan) by applying 15 to 20 mm thick I J
waterproof plaster in rich cement mortar Each 0.90 0.90
..
449. Add to item 448 for each additional sq m on plan Each 0.35 0.35
450. Extra over labour constants for fixing upto 50 min bore of pipes, if pipe runs
are to be conccal~·in chases. including' cutting chases and making good per m 0.15 0.15
T' . ~
451. Extra over labour constants for fixing stop cocks for work in conjunction with
}IX.
pipes concealed in chases
,',_
Euc.:h· n.15 .. 0.20 \,.:,
J
,
j
LABOU~ CONSTANTS
Labour constants in days
Description of work
Unit
of Plumber I
(of 8 hours) per unit of work
Mazdoor .
. .. Work (or mason) (or bhisti)
~,4; FiXing water meter and stop' cock for the, sam,e to galvaniscd st~1 water
J .. tubing. including j~ nut. socket etc., threading tube, and making long
-) screws, complete, suitable.for :-
,~i., '. (a) pipes upto 25 mm dia Each 0.30 0.30
(b) pipes of 40 and 50 mm dia Each 0.37 0.37 '.
4~\' Laying jointing and pointing in rich cement mortar; 150 mm dia half round salt
l • glazed ware channels (excavation, earthwork, preparing subgrade or sub-base
not included) . perm 0.05 0.10
'j ..
4~4. Making connection of drain or sewer line with existing manhole including
.~~ • breaking into and making good to walls, floor, plaster, making necessary
i.:," .
j( channels etc., complete (excavation and earthwork not included) t-
.(a) for 100 and 150 mm dia pipes
for pipes exceeding 150 mm and upto 300 mm dia
Each
Each
0.16
0.24
0.16
0.24
[;.," (b)
....
4.~. C~lting existing salt glazed ware drain pipe and inserting a Y junction pipe with
iii ., one loose collar and making necessary joints with stiff of cement mortar
and spun yarn for:-
~
.
ii"i (a) 100 mm dia pipe Each 0.50 0.50
, , • ,(b) 150 mm dia pipe Each 0;75 0.75
~~" (c) 200 to 250 mm dia pipes Each 1.25 1.25
""'~'
•. .. (d) . ..pipe
300 mm dia ...... Each 1.50 1.50
~I' tk Testing drains, new or old, by filling with water including temporary fixing of
I!?i}!!.,.,. pipes/bcnds. etc. 10 equalise pressure t-
~. (a) pipes upto 150 mm dia per 10 0.17 0.17
!l't-; • metres
~1'
r?~ -, •
(b) pipes exceeding 150 mm and upto 300 mm dia per 10 0.25 0.25
! : metres
~it
~~~ ..• 7. Testing manholes, new or old, by -do- Each 0.43 0.25
•. ,,'. 418. Smoke testing each independant system of soil and vent pipes upto connection
lift.,
J~
with manhole, using smoke testing machine (use of ladders included where
necessary)
. .
Each 0.50 0.50
.= I
( e
'r f'-
I .-.1"0. I. .
LABOUR CONSTANTS
Labour constants in days
SI.
No. Description of work
Unit
of
Work
Wireman or I
(of 8 hours) per unit of work
Helper or
S1.
electrician rnazdoor
I f:_i
'164
459. Point wiring for one light point or f~ point or bcll/bu:z.zer point controlled by
one switchlpush bunon, or for one 3 pin socket outlet fixed on an independant
board :-
I
;
...
~.
(a) on wooden battens Each 0.45 0.75
•
46~
(b) in surface or concealed conduits (cuuing chases a~d making good to the
.'
same for concealed work excluded) . Each 0.75 1.00
Note : Add 50 % exira 10 constants in item 459 (a) or (b) for each additional light point controlled by the same switch
or for one light point controlled by two. two-way switches. 46(
~
460. Point wiring for 2 or 3 pin socket on the same board with other switches (for
wiring all baucns as well as in conduits) Each 0.10
e .1(1'
461. Fixing and connecting up:-
(a) pendants. lampholdcrs, shades, switches, push buttons, bells/buzzers ...
Each
0.(4
0.02
0.04
0.02 .
.,
~6
...
(c) fluorescent single tube light mounting mil complete with accessories,
fixed directly to wall/ceiling, including plugs/guulcs for Iixing
Each
0,12-
0.15
0.10
0.10
..
(~6
C
(e) as in (c) or (d) above but including decorative cover reflector, grille ctc., Each 0.30 0.10 4'i
(f) single bulb decorative light fltting of any kind, including shade,
e4~
back-plate etc., bracket or handi type Each 0.20 0.05 e,
(g) 3 pin Switch socket outlet Each 0.14 (
(h) flameproof or watertight bulk head fitting and light filling 4'
Each 0.06 0.06
c
0) ceillng fan Each 0.16 0.16
e,
(k) fan regulator Each 0.05 0.05
(I) exhaust fan Each 0.18 0.18
(m) 15 to 60 amps double pole ironclad switchfuse with neutral link 240/480
volts including drilling holes on the board Each 0.08 0.08
4 -'
(n) -do- but triple pole Each 0.10 0.10
(P) iron clad distribution boards, 2 to 4 ways. 250 volts. 15 amps per
way, including drilling holes on boards Each 0.09 0.09
(q) -do- 6 to 8 ways Each 0.11 O.H
(r) -do- but 10 to 12 ways Each 0.13 0.13
(s) bus bar chamber, 3 strip. 100 amps, iron clad, 450 mm long Each 0.45 0.45
(t) -do- but 4 strip, 200 amps, 600 mm long Each 0.50 0.50
'\
.,
(v) electric meter Each DAD :..-
.J
Mazdoor
462. Framed, sheet metal clad, hinged meter fixing board, with locking arrangement,
including fabrication, painting and ruing, of size 300. x 450 mm ..•
J .)
-.
-.,
" .
... .. .._----------------_. ---- ---- .._------._- ..._---- .._--- ---_ .._--_ ..._-- -- _ ..._--- ... _
.. _----------- --_.._--_._._-------_---------- .._-- ,,- --_._-._------. - --'-'~.-- . -----. .._--_._----_.._- ..._.
==---....-.- ..-~-.-.
. "r:
tJ· 85
: -" LABOUR CONSTANTS
Labour constants in days
Description of work
Unit
of
(of 8 hours) r unit of work
Lineman or
,.
i
;
Work wireman Mazdoor
. ~~. E:!.rthing complete, wilh steel plate electrode/steel pipe buried directly in ground,
.. "eai1h wire protected by galvanised iron pipe and connected to main switch
- control board; including charcoal/sah filling etc., complete (excavation/
'.. earthwork, concrete, brickwork, setting cast iron frame and cover not included). Each 0.75 0.75
..
"':
~.
Earth connection with galvaniscd steel wire fixed on surface of wall or in recess .
(culting chases and making good excluded)...
·.,~71. Running out and fixing galvaniscd steel bearer wire for overhead lines 100 m 0.13 0.56 :
!
t
"~
'478. Fixing take-off service brackets/house service brackets for house service
r
q I
connection (Fabrication not included. Add 0.05 days of mason's time to the '.
. constants for this item). Each 0.17 0.50 'i
'liQ 479. Fixing twin core weatherproof 240/415 volts grade cable for service
, ti). conecuon, including fixing 4 mm suspension wire and insulated suspension
r i:' hangers 1 m apart (for run between the take-off service bracket upto house
...~',;.j,. service bracket) ... .., .~. per 10 m 0.15 0.48
\( ~. : .480. Dismantling overhead lines (conductor, GI wire, cr~ss arms, insulators etc.,)
.iIi1 .
1 ;'.
'complete except poles 100 m 0.20 0.40
- ~ : 481. Dismantling poles embedded in concrete foundations ... Each 0.33 2,75
~( ~~ , .
.' ~;t,:482. Laying 1.1 KV grade power cable (single, 2, 3, 3.5 or 4 core direct. in ~f'Ound
~i-.. ~' ->, .< .-jncl.odingsand cushioning and protective brick covering (excluding joirus/cable
,tJ ..-::. :.,.~;v;CS/excavalion and earthwork) '.
,'I -,,;.':~.>·,A '. .' ;. .. r···: .(a). upto 2S sq mm cross-section • 10 m 0.60 3.00
: ~·-:.;;,·1··::.~~...;. (b) ~ceed!ng 25 bot no.tcxceed!ng 120sq mm cross,sccl!On 10m 0.80 4.00
.. ,'3.:;':~·i'.' ;".""; " (c) ex~~mg 120 but not exceeding 400 sq mm cross-secuon 10 m 0.80 5.00
"~{: ."'?':'J:: ._.. . . '. .. .
" .:,',-.
~;.
86 ~
LABOUR CONSTANTS'
ts
Labour constants in days
S.1. Unit (of 8 hours) per unit of work f·
No. Description of work of
Work Lineman
.
wireman
or I M·.t
a;',uoor . (
483. Add to item 482 for each additional power cable in horizontal formation in ;('"-
the same trench:
I
(a) upto 25 sq mm cross-section 'lOm 0.38 1.93 ~
(b) exceeding 25 but not exceeding 120 sq mm cross-section 10m 0.50 2.57
f
3.21
•
(c) exceeding 120 b.utnot exceeding 400 sq mm cross section 10m 0.61
484. Laying 1.1KV grade power cable (single, 2, 3, 3.5 or 4 core) PVC insulated and
PVC sheathed in existing open masonry duct:
f
(a) upto 25 sq mm cross-section 10m 0.30 1.50
(b) exceeding 25 but not exceeding 400 sq mm cross section 10 III 0040 2.00 C
485. Fixing route marker ill cement concrete Each 0.20 f
(Add 0.13 days time of mason to constants for item 485)
486. Galvanised iron plate 10 sq em size, bolted [060 em long angle iron fixed in ground
t
(Add 0.13 days time of filler and 0.08 days lime of painter to constants
for itcm486). Each 0.15 f
Cable-jointer] - Mazd~r"·
,(
487. Cable jointing with epoxy resin (outdoor) for end termination including fixing I
lugs, ferrules, using cable jointing kit, plastic mould, clamps etc., for 1.1 KV (:
grade PVC insulated and PVC sheathed aluminium conductor cable of:
(a) 2 x 16, ~ x 25, 2 x 35, 3 x 16, 3 x 25, or 3 x 35 sq mm size Each 0.38 0.38 t
(b) 3.5 x 25, 3.5 x 35. 4 x 16, 4 x 25, 2 x 50, 3 x 50. or 3 x 70 C.
sqmmsize Each 0.50 0.50
(
(c) 3.5 x 50, 3.5 x 70, 4 x 35, or 4 x 50 sq mm size Each 0.66 0.66
-488. Cable jointing with epoxy resin for straight through joint including fixing lugs!
ferrules, using cable jointing kit, compound, hard ncr, plastic mould ctc., for
( .
1.1KV grade PVC insulated and PVC sheathed aluminium conductor cable of: f.
(a) sizes as in item 487 ea) above Each 0.50 0.50
t·~
(b) sizes as in item 487 (b) above, Each 0.66 0.66 •
1 (
(c)· sizes as in item 487 (c) above Each 0.80 0.80
,
'\..
489. Making end termination with brass compression gland for 1.1 KV grade PVC ,.'
insulated and PVC sheathed aluminium conductor cable of 2 x 10, 2 x 16, 3 x 10,
4 x 10, 2 x 25, 2 x 35, 2 x 50, 3 x 16, 3 x 25, 3 x 35, 3 x 50, 3.5 x 25, 4 x 16 ,
sq mm size Each 0.13 0.13
490. -Diuo- but of' 3 x 70, 3 x 95, 3.5 x 35, 3.5 x 50, 3.5 x 70, 4 x 25, 4 x 35, or
4.x 50 sq mm size Each 0.17 0.17
ROADWORK
Constant for labour or USeof
plant in days
..
Roller I Mazdoor
r:
491. Preparation of subgrade by dressing surfaces to camber, watering and keeping
ready for rolling ... . ... ... . .. lOsq".' 0.027
492. Rolling and' consolidating formation surfaces, including filling depressions I
which occur during rolling, using: Tt
(a) hand roller of 0.2 to 0.5 tonne capacity .... lOsqrn 0.08 0.08
(b)
(c)
animal roller of 0.08 to 1.5 tonne capacity
power roller upto 5 tonne capacity'
10sqrn 0..
036
0.008
I
(d) power roller of.8 tonne capacity 0.007 '-,
(c) power roller of 10 to 12 tonne capacity":": ,.. , ...
~..
O.OOS
.~) ,. -.
1
_,.-..)
.... _.J
~
,)
.
"
----- .. ~--.--- .
... _.
" - ._-" ~- . -- ".- -." .-
.... _- -- _._._----_._- .__ ..--.- _ .._--._-
LA~OUR CONSTANTS
Constants fOi'labour/use of plant
in days per 10 sq m of work
Dcscripuonof work Mazdoor/mate
Power
bhisti or
chowkidar .-.
roUer
~493.l.aYing stonc/kankar /boulder soling, properly handpackcd (or base course using
.• oversize rood metal) to the required gradient/cambcr/superclcvation, including
_..\ watering spreading blinding materia! ~d consolidating with a power roller for:
.'• . (0) 100 mm spread thickness 0.95 0.006
")
1
'.
• . (e) 200 mm spread thickness
494. Laying brick soling with ovcrbumt or well burnt bricks. filling interstices,
blinding, watering and rolling with power roller:
2.03, 0.012
496. Watcrbound macadam carpet, spread, levelled, watered and consolidated with
power roller to required gradient. camber and supcrelcvation :
(3) 100 mm compacted thickness (equivalent of about 120 to 140 mm
spread thickness - screenings extra - 1.30 0.05
(b) 75 mm compacted thickness (equivalent of about 90 to 110 mm ,
spread thickness - screenings extra) , 1.00 0.04
497. Preparing road surfaces. new or old, by brushing with wire brushes. brooming
and fanning with gunny bags:
(a) watcrbound macadam surfaces lJ.55
(b) black topped surfaces 0.33
Mazdoor/mate/ Power
bhisli/chowkidar roller
. 498. Applyin'g priming/lack coat. manually @ 10 kg
tar/bitumcn per 10 sq m 0.25 0.003 O.OOG 0.004
,499. (a) Surface dressing one coat work using 20 kg
bitumen and 0.14 cu m Slone chippings per 10
sq m and rolling 0.42 0.008 0.01l 0.007 0.Q11
(b) -Diuo-butlwocoatworkusing20kgbilumen
wilb 0.15 cu m chippings for Ilrsicoar. 12 kg
bitumen with 0.10 cu m ehippings [or second
. COOLand both COaLSrolled separately 0.78 0.013 0.017 0.018 0.017
, .:::500. Renewal coot of surface dressing using
. 12 kg bitumen and 0.10 cu m stone chippings '; ;.
SI.
No.
Description of work Mazdoor/matel
bhisti/chowkidar
M{stry
.
I Bitumen.
sprayer umt
Bitumen
mixer
Bitumen
boiler (.\
(if required) ~
1
II
"I 501. Bituminous premixed earpe t, 20 mm t;'l
consolidated thickness. using 0.27 cu m I
of stone chippings mixed with 14.6 kg of t'j
-,"J
~ol
binder, rolled and compacted to required
gradient and camber 0.58 0.019 0.004 0.013
" 502. Premixed bituminous macadam as
specified, SO mm consolidated thickness
rolled and compacted to required camber
, )
and gradient (preparing 'surfaces, tack
coat and seal coat not included) 2.34 0.036 - 0.10 0.36 CO
503. -Ditto- but 75 mm consolidated 3.48 0.054 . 0.15 0.54 CO
thickness
.'
0.40 0.005 0.006 0.006 0
505. Premixed sand seal coat (IRC'type 'B')
using 0.06 cu m sand and 6.8 kg hot
bitumen per 10 sq rn, mixed spread and
rolled ...
0.36 0.006 . 0.001 0.005 ell
Note: For concrete roads I pavements constants given in concrete sec tion are applicable. 'C
Unit of Categoryof Laboura~
Work Labourer in da
. unitof.Jv
506. Filling expansion jomts in concrete pavings ctc., with premoulded ~.
bituminous joint filler (constant worked out is for 15 em depth of joint
fillcr, but converted into sq m and is also applicable for other depths of sqm Mazdoor O.~ ,.l
\
512. -Diuo- but exceeding 50 and not exceeding 100 mm deep 10.>qm Mazdoor o.7'i~ J
.. !t • 513. Repairing pot holes by sweeping clean' of mud/dust, filling with fine f)
n'II,i \
screened road metal, watering. well ramming etc. including cutting edges
upio 25 mm deep (measurement will be for area of pot holes) sq m Mazdoor 0.17.
514. -Diuo- but filled with premixed bituminous mixture (stone metal and hot ..: ti '
bitumen) sealed with binder and blinded with stone chippings, hand . '~ i
rammed (or power rolled) sqm Mazdoor
; ~. !
. ,. I .'!'
l i ;' .',. 515, Screening road metal, chippings etc. at site, including removing screened
I I' ~
~r I "
~. . materials clear of screen and stacking (measurement for metal before
screening)
\, t,. !I· cu III Mazdoor
:ltu
119
LABOUR CONSTANTS
DEMOUTION AND DISMANTLING
(a) !.oDOurconstantsfor demoliiion and dismantling includefor slacking serviceable materials and disposal of debris
within Joo m lead., .
, I' ~/S orefor work uptofloor two level (i.e. groundfloor includingfoundations upto 1 m depth and two upper
(b) ;~~; includingroof offloor two level). For work in higherstoreys make exiraallowance as given in relevant items.
(e) The term dismanllingsignifies taking up or down withau: causjng any avoidable damage to the articleslmaterial
. beingremoved., , .
h1azdoor Mazdoor '
Description of work days per Sl. Description of work days per
cum No.
cum
Demolition of:-
1.20 522. Brickwork or rubble stone masonry in cement
7. Ullfeinforced cement concrete upto 15 em
mortar s.io
Ihickness or cross-section 2.4 5 523. Ashlar faced stone maasonry in lime or cement
mortar 3.40
lIt -Diuo- bUI more than 15 cm thick 4.00
524. Ashlar faced stone masonry in lime or cement
19. Reinforced cement concrete or reinforced .. mortar .3.35
brickwork of any description (Also see item 527) • 4.15
525. Marble/precast concrete work in lime or cement
Brickwork or rubble stone masonry in mud mortar 1.10 mortar 2.45
lAO 526. Mud phuska in roof 1.10
~~1
;:'K 19
""'.9
. I. Sal\'aging whole rc-usablcbricks from demolished brickwork built in mud
mortar by removing mortar and cleaning, including stacking 1000 Nos Mazdoar 4.40
~\":l06 -Ditto- but ir in lime mortar 1000 Nos Mazdoor
:;'~''11s 5.00
-Diuo- but if cement mortar
"'1
,"', 15
<." )
1000 Nos Mazdoor 6.20
SlIlv:Jl;ingre.us.'\b~eston~s and undamaged precast concrete articles Cram
demollshcd work anc1udmgremoving mortar and stacking ,.. cum Muzdoor 0.65
Disnuullling lil~/stonc slabs in floors eIC.,laid in lime or cement mortar.-
(II) t~lcs upio 2~ mm thickness ...... 10sqm Mazdoor 0.90
(b) tiles exceeding 2S mm and upto 40 mm thickness 10sqm Mazdoor. 1.30
(c) Slone slabs in floor ctc., ... lOsqm Mazdoor 2.90
l>\ott:Add 0.06, 0.12 an~ 0.24 mazdoordays per 100 sq m respectively.
/0 C;)/;stQ.nt.f
for 1I~~ns535 (a), (b) and (c) for work in every
additionalstorey hClgllI.a/)ove
floor tlVOlevel. .
Dismnn~ling sheet roofing.(mcasurcd;for actual area of roof) :_
(a) C.G! sheets In roofing mcluding plain Gl sheets in ridges 10sq m Carpenter 0.25
hips, valleys and goners. .'
Mazdoor 0.65
(b) C?rrugated or scmi-corr~g:ucd AC sheets in roofing fixed
v.:1th conch screws o.r with J/hook bolts, including ridges, lOsqm Carpcucr 0.30
hips and valley specials of asbestos cement Mazdoor 0.70
fi'l
~r'
. - ~
.":.,.
",
..
LABOUR CONSTANTS
Labour constants in da~s •
SI. Descriptionof work Unit Carpenter/
No. of Blacksmith/ Mazdoor.
Work Mason
•e
e,
550. Detailed cleaning of buildings by removing paint Allow 2 labour days per 100 sq m of built up art
splashes, sundry mortar droppings, dust settled on building.
completed items, shoe marks of" the construction OR
labourers moving about, cleaning up toilets etc., used
by labourers, wiping up joinery, and final wet mopping Allow 0.05% of the cost of all other items. of :.
of. Iloors etc., preparatory 10 handing over to owner ;- in the building.
-'"\
, --
~,
'~.--'--------~----~--~--~----------~--~----~--~---
Mix by Cement Mix by Cement
" '. Description of Item Unit constant Description of Item Unit constant
~ volume in kg . volume, in kg
("j ~-lt-::C~o-n-cr-e-le------l-----'----l.----+-S-t-on-e-)\-1-a-s-on-r-y-(-c-on-l-d)---L__--_..L..._-L__--
r-\ ) ~ii~ed cement
"'!ellvcred on banker
concrete 1: l-i-: 3
1: 2 : 4
cu m
cum
402.83
308.53 Walling of random or 1: 1: 6 eum 73.80
t~).· 1: 2 : 5
1 : 2-}: 5
cu m
cum
268.55 polygonal rubble, uncourscd or 1: 1: 8 cu m 56.89
~l.
253.18 brought up (0courses, in gauged 1: 2: 9 eu m 49.71
1: 3 : 6 cum 213.20 mortar (cement: lime: sand)
(-'J. 1: 4 : 8 cu m 161.95
1: 5 : 10 cum 129.15
I: 7 12 eu III I()'1.55 Ptaste r ill~
1" \ ,,-lixed cement concrete using 1: 5 cu m 312.63
~ all-in aggregate delivered on 1: 6 cum 264.45 10 mm (0.5 inch) thick 1: 2 sqm 11.79
1: 8 cum 206.03 rendering or scrccding on brick 1: 3 sqm 8.41
.~ .~\f:,'>ankcr
1: 12 cu m 138.38 or concrete surfaces in cement
and sand mortar
1:
1:
4
6
sqm
sqm
6.77
4.46
I\
~ ').forturs I
, Ifelllcnl and sand mortar 1: 1 cum 1058.83 -Ditto- bUI on stone masonry 1: 2 sqm 15.68
(:') I
-.T·,.
1: 2 , cum 699.05 surfaces or lathing 1: 3 sqm 11.17
1: 3 cum 493.03 1: 4 sqm 8Al
1: 4 cum 382.33 1: 6 sqm 5.64
1: 6 cum 254.20
i~·)· }
-.
~(-, , bricks.
. '~" • -Ditto- but using modular size 1: 1 : 6 .cu m 56.80 ~
t..
,' bricks 1: 1 : 8 cu m 43.60 Pointing
,
1: 2 : 9 cu m 37.70
~I,--'.'
. -
St~neMasonry
. Wallingo[randomorpolygonal 1: 3 cu m 147.60
Raking out joints to a depth of
10 mm and providing flush,
1: 2
1: 3
sqm
sqm
2.51
1.69
tc •• rubblc.uncourscdorbroughtup ,n·:;4';:"::~fi.~
'cu:m:;:~/;l14~80
keyed or struck pointing in 1: 4 sqm l.39
• ;.'" .. I.e' courses in cement mortar. !!U5":.'&:i!';, eu .m,;!;\~·;,75J4. cement mortar , on brick
surfaces.
~i='. 1: 8 eu m 58.94
i' _.
t
92
I
CEMENT CONSTANTS ·1
('.
Cement Cement eeme'!
Description of Item
Mix by Unit constant Description of Item Mix by Unit constant
volume . in kg volume in kg
C
Pointing (corud)
~x'
c
keyed' or struck pointing to
random rubble masonry
unconrscd or brought upto
courses (20 mm thick joints)
1: 4 sq m 2.83 andsand mortar
Note :Additional cement constants given below and 0/1 next page hav« beell worked out at par with tire basic cement (.::4
constants gil'CIl above, II
Flnlshlngexposed faces of concrete Finishing exposed faces of concrete
Finishing exposed faces of 1: 3 sqm 3.55 Finishing exposed faces of
concrete with 5 to 6 mm thick concrete with 5 to 6 mm thick
plaster in cement mortar plaster in cement and sand (
mortar (with unit of 1-:
-Ditto- (but with unit of measurement as cu m of
measurement as cu III of. concrete Iinlshcd on exposed
concrete finished on its .faces) in following situations t- -
exposed faces) for concrete
in the following sluiations r- Staircases ... 1: 3 cum 40.00 - 2
Walls, chimneys and shafts 1: 3 cu m 20.00 Domes, vaults.shell roofs and i :3 cum 47.00
folded plates
Prccasi/cast in situ kerbs, 1: 3 cu m 30.00 , ',.. )
steps and the like Parapets.copings.bed/anchor 1: 3 cum 59.00
blocks, window cillsand small
,,,...
Beams, plinth beams, 1: 3 cu m 30.00 articles
bresscrnurs, large lintels,
columns, pillars, piers. posts Projecting portion of chajjas 1: 3 cum 61.00
. struts and the like
Vertical and hcrizonial fins 1: 3 cum 148.00
Slabs in floor. roof, landing, 1: 3 cum Conning box windows, RCC
balcony, canopy, shelves etc.
31.()()
louvers lind the like , \, .'
i,) ii
\ )
Cement Cement
Description of Item Mix by Unit constant Dcscription of Item Mix by Unit constant ..
volume in kg volume in leg ~,
~. 1: 4 of tile)
~ Small lintels eu m 9.75
~.
• Jnlly 25 to 30 mm thickness
-(".' . and sand mortar 1: 4 sq rn 9.01 Honeycomb brickwork, half 1: 2 sqm 4.59
'
~. 'j-
,
-(~.
brick thick in cement and sand 1: 3 sqm 3.23
(~.":. -00- but in gauged mortar 1: 1: 6 sqm 5.78 mortar 1: 4 sqm 2.51
~(.
(cement: lime: sand)
Miscellaneous
Pardi' walls, with bricks laid on 1: 1 sqm 9.77
edge, in cement and sand mortar 1: 2 sq m 6.45 Extra for joining new brick wall 1: 4 sqm 2.72 I.
~C.
~(:
iq,~
Honeycomb brickwork, one brick
thick, in cement and sand mortar
1: 3
1: 4
1: 2
1; 3
1: 4
sqm
sqm
sqm
sqm
sqm
4.55 with old in cement and sand
3.53 mortar, using old size or modular
bricks (constant is for the area
12.83 of cross-section of new wall
9.05 joining with old)
7.01
1: 6 sqm 1.81
I
I·
I
-Do- but with gauged mortar 1:1:6 sqm 1.74 t
Honeycomb brickwork half brick 1: 2 sqm 5.88 (cement : lime: sand)
thick, jn cement and sand mortar 1: 3 sq rn 4.14
3.21
r-·e
1: 4 sq III
Making good to chases cut in 1:6 per 0.90
Honeycomb brickwork with 1: 2 sqm 2.87 brick walls, with cement and metre
bricks laid on edge (thickness of I: 3 sqm 2.02 sand mortar after fixing pipes,
wall equal to thickness of brick) I: 4 sqm 1.57 conduits ctc., for concealed
r
with main wall)
sqrn
sqm
9.58 'cement concretel:Z:4,
.i l' ~ .'. Brick tile wall, with tiles laid OR 1: 1 sqm 5.87 Pointing' in cement and stone 1: 2 sqm 1.70
edge in pardi walls, vertical fins 1: 2 sq m 3.87 dust mortar 10 Slone veneer
~: ~ . eic., in ccmem and-sand mortar. 1: 3 sq m . 2.73 work in' wall.Iining
~:. ~.:
'_ ~
.' .
e ~
94
MATERIAL CONST ANTS e
EXCAVATION €:I'
Excavation Without Timbering
(
Depths to which excavation in trenches in the following kinds of strata 'will retain a verticil face, for shcrt periods required in
building operations, without falling in may be taken as follows - " e
Clean dry sand and gravel 0 (0 0.33 m Well drained loam '. 1.6 to 2.6 m ~
Moist sand and surface mould 0.3 to I m Compact gravelly soil 3 to 5 m
Soft or ordinary earth 0.6 to 1.3 m Well drained suff clay 3 to 4 m (
conu-
Sand and gravel 11 % Murrum or chalk 25 %
apr'"
Earth and clay 20 0/0 Rock 35 %
ope ...
Economical Distances for Removal of Soil etc.
,_ .1
Economical distances for different modes of removal of spoils for Indian conditions vnry considerably with the wages
r ,
demanded by labourers, type of labourers (ic male, female or boys) and cartage rates payable to bullock carts, motor lorries etc,
For estimating purposes average economical distances may be taken as follows:
lIa'
\.
.~-
_• _-_•. ; ..... _•. ~,:~~"::":,=,,,~:,,~.~-.
'4.
.j t-\
l'~.
~, . 95
MATERIAL CONSTANTS
Plunking and Strutting (Excavation Support)
Open limbering is used for moderately firm ground. For open timbering, usually 38 mm thick poling boards for 30
% of area of the face of excavation to be supported, with waling of 100 mm x 100 mm size and
horizontal or raking struts cut from 125 mm dia ballies are employed.
Close Limbering is similar to open timbering, except that poling boards arc employed for 100 % of area of the face
of excavation to be supported. Close timbering is employed for loose ground.
,..•.
~"~.
'I
l ". Excavating Rock by Blasting i
I
Rock excavation using blasting powder and fuses Rock excavation using dynamite !
,),'. ;\8
-Matcrials required pcr 10 cu m of excavation
Sofl/disintc-
Hard rock
Materials required per 10 cu m of excavation
Dynamite required in
\.
I l
grated rock
I '. Type.of excavation
Powder No of Powder No of
Type of rock kg per 10 cu m
of rock
'-Ie
'-,.
in kg fuses in kg fuses
,.:.
Excavation in trenches 2.52 6.42 7
i_ ..• not exceeding l.~ m in
Quartz
Gneiss
1.80 to 4.20.
3.60 (0 4.70
1
. wldth.
Limestone and marble 4.40 to 6.00
~t-" Requirement of explosives varies with the extent of restriction in space, small/large magnitude of work, and .\
~¥:_.6) controlled blasting th;)t may be necessary. The lower figures in the ranges indicated for requirement of dynamite arc .1,
lfJ applicable for open unrestricted blasting.
~:.t
of...._.~
) Average requirement of explosives ctc., for 100 cu m of excavation by blasting in hilly terrain for road building
operations may be taken asr-
!l)~
'f~
~ _'\6j ..
Explosive (dynamite)
Safety fuse
35 kg
17 m
Detonators
Detonating fuse ...:
17 Nos.
SO m
.,J.-.;
fi !~ :..Hurdcore
~ ::-)fi' < .:S~rcad thickness of hardcore is rcduc.cd by a.bOut15 to. 2~ % due ~o~ompaction depending upon th.c nature and grao!ng
. ., ,.' of material uscd and the degree of compaction achieved, This In turn signifles that for each cu m of Ilnished work materials
~-'\ ~ ~;;.;~q\1.ircdCor hardcore will be 1.8 \0 1.33 cu m. . '. ....... ..... .
if'::: . '.' . .
t. !(r'···
'.: .'. ":'.
96
MATERIAL CONSTANTS
MORTAR AND CONCRETE
Water
Water required [or mortar and concrete varies from 26 to 36 litr~' per bag (50 kg) of cement depending on the
mix/proportion of mortar or concrete, moisture content of aggregate and the water-cement ratio' adopted.
Shrinkage
Cement shrinks when welled
Sand shrinks when wetted
I
15 to 30 % Dry cement and sand mix shrinks when welled. 25 to 35 %.
20 to 30 % Dry cement concrete mix shrinks when weued 20 %
Mud Mortar
For mud mortar, requirement of suitable dry earth may be taken as 1.20 cu m for 1 cu m of mud mortar.
Lime
1 quintal of unslakcd lime yields 0.158 cu m of lime putty,
1 cu m of unslakcd lime yields 1.225 cu m of lime putty.
1 quintal of unslakcd lime occupies 0.129 cu m of volume.
Lime Mortar
Material required exclusive of wastage
Materials required per cu m of mortar
Mix by volume Lime puuy in cu m
(Lime putty: Sand) (or unslaked lime in Fine sand in cu m
quintals and in cu Ill)
1: 1 0.7125 0.7125
(4.51 q or 0.58 cu m)
1: 2 0.475 0.95
(3.01 q or 0.39 cu m)
1: 3 0.357 1.07
(2.26 q or 0.29 ell m)
Note ~For lime: surkhi mortar, requirement of surkhi can be taken same as requirement of sand indicated above,
requirement of lime pUlly also remaining unchanged.
Lime Concrete
Materials required [or 1 eu m of lime concrete consisting 100 parts of graded coarse aggregate mixed with 40 parts
of lime mortar (both by volume) arc as follows exclusive of wastage :-
0.84 cu m of graded coarse aggegate of AO mm size
0040 eu m of ready mixed wet lime mortar.
Note; For mud concrete, the constants for lime concrete may be adopted substituting requirement of mud mortarfor
the.requirement of lime mortar as given above,
Cement Mortar and Cement-Lime Gauged Mortar
For requirement of cement Corvarious mixes of cement mortar or cement-lime-sand mortar refer cement constants.
Requirement of water may be taken as 140 litrcs per cu m of mortar.
Lime puuy and sand required per cu m of
Sand required per ell m of cement and sand mortar cement-lime-sand mortar
Mix bi
volume I Sand in
cu m
Mix by
volume I Sand in
cu m
Mix by volume I I
Lime pUlly in cu m Sand in cu ~
\
.I
Refer cement constants for requirement of cement for various mixes of concrete. To the requirementof coarse and
fine aggregate indicated below add 2.5 % to allow for wastage.
Mix by volume Size of Coarse/fine aggregate required per cubic metre of concrete
~. Cement: coarse
Using shingle and coarse aggregate Using crushed stone as coarse aggregate
:>/- .,
~-.
Snnd: aggregate
~ ..... Aggregate used Sand in cu m I . Shingle in cu m Sand in cu m I Crushed stone in cu m
:.~ .
'."li •
( 1: 1 : 2 20mm 0.35 0.70 0.38 0.75
;.:
1: It: 3 20 mm 0.39 '0.78 0.42 0.83
;( 20 mm 0,41
..
1: 2 : 4 0.82 0.44 0.88
.. 1: 3 : 6 40 mm 0,43 0.86 0.45 0.90
;~~( " 1: 4 : 8 40 mm 0.45 0.90 0.47 0.95
.~ 1: 5 : 10 40 mm 0,45 0.90 0.47 0.95
;:~l•
~" : . Relnforcernen t
·!.;·l • Reinforcement is sometimes expressed as sectional area of steel used compared to the sectional area of concrete,
ie 1 % of steel in an RCC slab will mean thai if the slab is cut, the cross-section will reveal 0.01 sq m of steel bars for every
~;~.lC"i
.• sq m ,of sectional ~en. of slab.
~: " 1 % reinforcement will indicate 78 kg steel per cu m of concrete (based on steel weighing 7830 kg per C\J m),
~';(j .. Reinforcement usually required in various situations is as follows ;-
~J' :
~;I• Culverts and foundations
Landlng, floor and roof slabs
0.5 to
1
%
to l.5 %
Columns and struts
Beams, lintels. and braces
I to 3 %
2 to 3 %
~s~
... I •
to 2 %
1.~
Arches and walls 1 Piles and connections 2 to 5 %
> . Binding or tying wire for reinforcement may be taken as 0.9 to 1.3 kg per quintal of reinforcement.
~1'• Wastage of steel will depend on the size of off-cuts and the possibility of using the off-cuts in situations like
;;~j·t• chajjas, canopies etc. Wastage of steel in reinforcement varies from 2 to 10 %. .
c~",-,'
.•~/.,.~:_,;o.'
..:'li.·.:"'., _;.11 ..•• · Formwork-Whcn'analysing
and Centering rates of formwork and ccntcrlng, assessment of the number of times that the timber can be used
is of great importance. It is usualto ass~me upio 16 uses depending on the nature and the magnitude of work.
Quantities of materials. including wastage, requlrcd for 10 sq m of formwork in various situations are given below.
?#II • a1!dthese are for first or single use. Allow for nails and spikes at the rate of about 4 to 5 kg '(or first use and 1 kg Cor
~.~.~.f.''i.::..
1 .each subsequent use for 10 sq m of formwork.
,. . Materials required per 10 sq m of formwork including 5 % wastage.
4.
S.
6.
7.
8.
9.
".,
/:
~:'
98
MATERIAL CONSTANTS
Colouring of Concret,e/Mortar
Dry cement is thoroughly mixed with pigment before mixing with sand and agcrq,:lle. Quantity of dry pig- ~
ment to be mixed with one bag of cement (50 kg) is as follows : ~
.. •
Hurning Bricks
Fuel required for making burnt bricks is as follows :-
BRICKWORK
•«
Wood fuel (clamp burning) 4 to 4.30 quintals per 1000 bricks.
Coal dust (kiln burning) 1.30 to 1.50 quintals per 1000 bricks. ~
Urick and Mortar Requirement
As brick sizes differ widely, the method of working out the brick and mortar requiremcnt is explained below:
e
~,
Data
Size of bricks 19 x 9 x 9 em (modular or new size brick, with frog of 10 x 4 x 1 cm size)
., C
Size of joint 1 em thick.
If thc cubical coutcnis of OIiC brick thick wall arc calculated on the basis of 190 mm (actual) thickness of l
wall, the material constants work Oil! to 527 bril'!;s and 0.21 eu III of mortar per cubic metre of brickwork without
allowing for :lIIy wastage, using modular bricks. ,...
If however. the cubical contents of ouc hrick thick w:III arc calculated on the basis of 200 mm (nominal)
thickness of wall, the material constants work out 10 500 bricks and 0.20 eu m of mortar pcr cubic metre of brickwork
without allowing for any wastage, using modular bricks.
nOlsis of l'lllclllati(;n fur the material constunts ~j\"(~11 hereinafter for brickwork are as follows r-
e:I)
(b)
Din1cn~iun~ of modular
:IS
19 x 9 x 9 em with a frog of J 0 x 4 x I em size.
9 x 4.375 x 2.75 inches (= 22.86 x ·1l.ll x 6.985 em) with a frog of
.
-
(c) Dimensions of old si/.': hrkk tiles have h~~n 1:ll;en as 9 X 4.375 X 1.75 inches ( = 22.86 X 11.1l x 4,445 em) "'ilhoUI any
Irog,
(d) Thickness of joints has been laken as 1 em throughout,
(c) The consrarus arc applicable for cubical contents of brickwork measured for nominalthickness of walls ic one brick thiCk
walls using modular bricks measured ;IS 20 em thick, and one brick thick wall using old size bricks (or old size briCk liles)
measured a~ 23 em thick,
(I) For brickwork measured in sq m for h:,jf brick thick walls CIC. the considerations about nominat Ihieknc~s/:I('"IUalthicknr<s
of ",,,115mentioned in (c) .abo"e ob"juusl>' do not apply.'. .
(g) Allowance h"s been made [cIT mortar used up in filling up pores in brick surfaces and occasiunal Ihi~ker joints 'c<luircd f
aligning.pcrpcnds, ic vcrl~c:l1 johns. Thi~ .ll()wance has nOI been made in Ihe -;nuSlr:lli\'".ex~lllplc gwen uI:O\·c. (This no~r
(g) applies 10 constants GI\'~n for concrete block masonry work on next page also). .. . .
"
,;~
-~-
99
'i:
;
""{"
., MATERIAL
-----------.----r-----::-:-----:-~:_:_~__:_:_:_--__::___:_---
CONSTANTS
i
::''ll': . !
• Material constants Cor brickwork (without wastage). using :-
,J; • Unit Modular bricks Old slzc bricks Old size brick tiles
iI,
(\
Type of brickwork
Bricksin I Mortar in Bricks in I Mortar in Brick tiles I Mortar in .,i,
.,
::l
~(;'
' e -------I----l---..L._---f-----'---+----'-'---
,
\
Nos. cu m Nos.' cu m in Nos. " cu m
':I ,.. 20 cm (nominal) thick walls eu m 500 0.224 455 0.246 65S 0.272,
" 51, using modular bricks, or 23 ern
(: (nominal) thick walls using old
.
",J .,
,('j
,.tl .'
::'( ~
)1
.,
size bric~s or old size brick tiles
Half brick thick walls, or walls
half brick tile thick
sq m
50
-
0.017
-
53
35
0.023
0.009
71
35
0.026
0.0054
.
brick tiics on edge
~'l) •
':)
'I
Half brick tile facing,
All. integrally with other walls
built sq m - - - - 77 0.036
'~'l., -:
..
',~; "
Honeycomb brickwork half brick sq m 36 0.0064 38 0.0082 S5 0.011
~
~~.' thick, or half brick lile thick
A ' ....
"I, ... Honeycomb brickwork one qrick
thick, or one brick tile thick
:;q m 75 0.0144 77 0.0179 112 0.0230
~; ,
lfi Note: III tile constants given above all adequate al/OIl'cl/lce has been made for lire mortar joilll at tire peri/cry of the Ironey-
-':;:).e"
.•.
~~.i
comb brickwork area wilh the maill brickwork/walling etc.
~tJ
,I.. ._
Length of hoop iron ur 6 mm dia steel bar required for
strengthening thin brick walls (joints one em thick)
"',
\{·'!l1 Hoop iron or steel Half brick thick wall Half brick thick Half brick tile thick Wall built with old size bricks or
.-;{;"
bar placed at :- built with modular wall buill with old wall built with old brlck tiles on edge (thickness of
~""_) bricks size bricks size brick tiles wall equal to thickness of brick
;~JI,". or bric k tile)
Solid or cavity Concrete blocks lind mortar required (exclusive of wastage) for block masonry
Size of concrete blocks and 20 em thick wall using 20 15 em thick wall using 15 10 em thick wall using 10
thickness of joints considered for Unit em (actual) thick blocks (actual) thick blocks em cm (actual) thick blocks
constant
Using blocks 29 cm long and 19 sq m 16.67 blocks, and 0.0176 16.67 blocks, and 0.0133 16.67 blocks, and 0.0089
em high on face' (actual cu m mortar cu m mortar cu m mortar
dimensions) with 10 mm thick
joints
-Diuo- but with 12.5 mm thick sq m 16.33 blocks, and 0.0216 16.33 blocks, and 0.0170 16.33 blocks. and 0.0108
joints cu m mortar cu m mortar ' cu m }J10rUlr
Using blocks 39 cm long and 19 sq m 12.50 blocks and 0.0160 12.50 blocks and 0.0120 12.50 blocks and 0.0080
em high on face (actual cu m mortar cu m mortar en m mortar
.dimensions) with 10 mm thick
joints ,"
-DillO... but with 12.5 mm thick sq m 12.27 blocks; and 0.0197 12.27 blocks, and 0.0147 12.27 blocks, and 0.0098
joints cu m mortar cu m mortar en m mortar
~.~'"~~:~~
'::.-.,:.'~
100
MATERIAL CONSTANTS . ! (-
STONE MASONRY I
Materials required including wastage
I .(
Type of stone masonry Quarry stones I HCllder~Lhrough I.Mortar Notes I .( s-
'.
10 cu m stones in Nos tn cu rn
Random rubble, polygonal rubble or 1.10. 10 l.I.5 7 0.30 Higher requirement of quarry
squared rubble masonry, uncourscd or stones for squared rubble regular
brcught upto courses coursed masonry and ashlar
masonry is due to wastage in
Squared rubble. regular coursed 1.15 to 1.25 7 0.28
dressing the stones to the re-
-
masonry
quired regular heights' and (
Ashlar masonry 1.3 to lAO 7 0.12 shapes 1
(
WOODWORK AND JOINERY
c
Wastage in Timber
Wastage in converting round logs into square sleepers 20 %
c
Wastage in converting squared sleepers iruo large scantlings 10'% (
Wastage in convening squared sleepers into fillets/boarding 12 to 30 %
Wastage in cutting timber in stock sizes to required finished lengths 5 % (
Wastage in planing clean sawn timber Into finished sizes 5 La 8 %
Notes: Wastage in planing clean Sllwn limber into finished sizes should not be reflected in-the rates [or measured (
work where tolerance for planed surfaces is allowed in litefinished"sizes of the timber work.
As an ample precaution. quoted rates should allowfor an overall wastage of 7.5 % on the quantity of (':
timber measuredfor finished nominal sizes 10 arrive 01 tire quantity of clean sawn limber 10 be purchased j
in sizes stocked at the saw mills.
Nails
._ C
Requirement of nails for carpenter's work varies from 1.5 to 3.5 kg per cu m of Limber depending on the kind of L
work, sections of timber used, etc.
nUILDER'S HARDWARE
r ."J
Measurement of Size (~ of
In terms of therelevant Indian Standard specifications the sizes of various articles of builder's hardware are to be 1
measured as ~llows :- (, ...
21
Article How measured Article How measured 0;.
(.
Bull hinges Length of joint or knuckle Locking bolts, sliding Length of boll. ,
bolts, skeleton tower .- (.
(
..~ - '_ Requirement of wood screws for fixing various sizes of builder's hardware items is given below.
, .. j .;aew will, to a certain extent, vary with thickness of timber to which the article is, fixed . Length of
.'\
·1 No of IS No of IS No of
Size IS No of IS
-
.. screws, Desig- Size screws Dcsig- Size
inmm screws Desig- Size screws Desig-
required nation inmm required nillion in mm required nation
1 d. in mrn required nation
.~'\ Steel bbtt hinges
~A .. 15 Light ~"eight 2
50
Parliament hinges
Aluminium/brass/steel
6' 8 75
Steel strap hinges
Light weight
6 6
Skeleton Tower bolls
375
450
14
14
6
6
::.(.~~
! ~ 65
75
6
6'
8
8
100
125
6
8
6
6
600
750
16
18
6
6
• 50 4 3 100 8 10 150 8
.( 65 6 4 6 900 20 ·6
125 8 10 200 8 8
" • 75 6 5 150 8 10 250 .. 10 Mild steel sliding door bolts
8
175 8 10 300 10 8 (Aldrop ) for use with
.( lOOSteel bu~t' hinges 6 200 8 10 350 padlocks
14 9
,~6) Medium weight Piano hinges 400 14 9 150 10 9
20 4 3 200 12 9
(1.825 III lengrhs) Steel strnp hinges
4 MediullI weight 250 14 9
'. 25 4
,_c~ ~g : 5
6
Both 30 and 40 mm sizes
require two screws (at every
75
100
6
6
6
6
300
375
14
16
9
9
";f· ~~ ~, 6
,8
75 mm centres)
Designation 5
of IS 125
150 8
8 8
8
450 16 9
(For all sizes carriage bolts, 6
',:4' • 90 -' 6 8 200 8 8 per set arc also required)
.~ 100' 8 9 Double acting spring hinges 300 1'0 9
~"f;' •.
·
, ')
, .' 125
150
8
8
Steel butt hinges
10'
10 100
, 125
150
8
8
8
10
10
10
400
500
14
16
10
12
Non-ferrous metal sliding
door bolts (Aldrop) for
use with padlocks,
Steel strap hinges
\\li • 50 Heavy teight 8 Blank hinges for usc in Heavy weight
Brass, Types 1 & 2, and
conjunction with double 150 8 Aluminium Type 3
· i 65, 6 8 10
)fj 75 6 9 acting spring hinges arc
available in 70 and 75 mm
200 8 10 150 16 4
· '-\ .,. 90 6 9 300 12 10 200 16 4
size each requiring 6 screws 400 14 250 16 4
~·l_"~~ ~ g of IS Designation 10 500 16
12
14 300 16 4
~4\• g~ i8 i~ 75
Steel tee hinges
Light weight
6 6
600 16 14
Door springs - Rat tail type
350
375
400
16
16
16
4
4
4
~
\.
2OOs,,,,, b:~'h"",,"
Square type
100
125
6
7
6
6
These arc available in 300
and 375 mm size and require
(per set) 6 wood screws of
450 16
Hasp and staple (safety)
4
tl 50 4 6
150 7 6 IS Designation 10. 90. 7 5
~:. •
•
65
75
90
, 100
6
6
6
8
8
8
9
9
200
250 '
300 .
350
7
8
8
11
8
8
8
9
Barrel Tower Bolts and
semi barrel tower bolts
100
75 6
6
6
6
115
150
175
7
8
8
Hasp & staple (wire type
5
8
8
~.f
•
400 11 9 125
Steel butt hinges 6 6 65 4 6
Broad type Steel Ice hinges 150 8 6 75 4 6
~~; 50 4 6 Medium weight 175 8 6 90 4 6
...:-t~ 75 6 75 6 6 ,200 8 6 tUO 5 6
~, 8
225
;~a' •
100 8 100 6 6 8 6 125 8 6
d~ 9
125 250 10
.
,; 125 8 10 7 8 6 150 8 10
150 8 10 150 7 8 300 10 6 175 8 10
r"
~.~
• Aluminium
50
65
75
4
4
6
butt hinges
6
.6
6' to l(
200
250
300
350
7
8
8
11
8
9
9
10
375
400
10
10
Rivetted/spot welded
steel tower bolts
6
6
Door bandies (type 1)
75
.100
125
4
4
4
6
6
6
90 8 10 400 it 10 100 8 6 150 4 6
450 11 12 125 8 6
• 100 8 10 to 12 500 12 12 ~oor handles (type 2)
125 10 10 10 12 150 8 6
~cJ •.
I
150 12 12
Steel tee binges
175
200
8
8
6
6
7S
100
4
'4-
" 6
6
Brass butt hinges Heavy weisll_t 115 6 8
(for cabinets) 225 8 6
150 . 7 10. 250 10 6 135 6 8
25 4 2 200 7 10 300 10 6
30 4 4 300 10 Door handles (type 3)
40 6, 10 375 10 6 75 2 6
4 400 11 12 450 12 6'
SO 6 4 500 12 14
90 4 '6
600 14 6
,.. •
100 4 6
·
. . . ..., .. ~..., ~.. ...-'
"
MATERIAL CONSTANTS •
•
'1.,
•
Priming Coat
Rates nrc occasionally required \0 be quoted for steel and ironwork inclusive of the shop coal or priming coat of oil
paint. For structural and other steelwork in building operations the area of painting required for shop coat usually works out
10 an average of 3.50 sq m per quintal of steel,
Type of .ridgc Numbers required Mortar required per 100 m length of ridges or hips
or hi p tiles '
..
per 100 m length If bedded solid If only jointed and pointed
ed ~
Manglorc paucrn 330 0.75 cu m 0.20 eu m
~.
Allahabad pattern 330 ridges + 340 elbows 0.75 cu m 0.20 cu m
\ - ,
6>
Note : Add 5 % wastage in th« above constantsfor tiling to allow for breakage/mortar droppings. End I
~
Corrugated Galvanised Iron Sheeting in Roof
e
Laps
One corrugation side lap ;: 55 mm. One and half corrugations side lap 85 mm. End lap ISO mm
(,'.
-
rCil
(minimum) --.,
( ./
Requirement of Materials
of 11: !r-,
Weight in kg of COl sheets required per 100 sq m of roof area (actual) C
Class and gauge of sheets -.
C
. Particulars 0.80 mm thick (22 gauge)
-I
0.63 mm thick (24 gauge)
-c
Class 2 Class 3 Class 2 I Class 3
kg kg kg kg ,
With one corrugation side laps ~
(a) Using sheets with 10 corrugations 846 828 683 664
(b) 'Weight of 10 corrugation sheet for the portion in end lap 21. 16 20. 70 17.07 16.61. Sta; -.-,'
(c) Using sheets with 8 corrugations 867 848 699 680 Thick
, .'"~
(d) Weight of 8 corrugation sheet [or the portion in end lap 21,20 17.48 OV(
21. 67 17.01
Effect '.- J
(d) Weight of 8 corrugation sheet for the portion in cnd lap 22.68 22.18 18.29 Purr
17.80 ,'-""
..... Spacin-
Nnte . I lie above consla~lIsart! based on roof wltl:sloping length of S;S5 covered in 2 sheets 3 m long each ('!Iilhone central end-lap
In
of 15 ~m), mid wllh Icn~lh alon! eaves board ~quat 10 Uri I~iclllisof sheets. For differcn1 lengths of shsels used, constanis should Max'
Area 01
.",
'.... /
. "
be adju$tcd On the baSIS of weight of the portion of sheet In end lap per 100 sq m of sheeting. ,
'. ,.
,_
,,
J
;'")
-- _._---
-_._- .------...... -~~.- - -- ._-- .. -
.
.(.-r~
'i
\. .
-i~ MA.TERIA;L CONSTANTS
103
,-1 •
The quantity of 6 mm dia 65 to 75 mm long screws, or hook/crank bolts,S mm dia ~ith one nut each. along with
one curved galvanised washer per screw or hook/crank bolt depends on the centre to centre distance of bearers. 3 screws
• or book/crank bolts are required per width of sheet !llong the length or bearer, and the numbers~,work. ~~l ~s follows :- ,
"-'1
. ,
•
, ~
;,..J .--------------------~------------~~--------------
Paniculars
Number of screws or hook/crank bolts required per 100 sq m sheeting
•
'," , Bearers at 0.5 m centres 800 655
Bearers at 0.75 m centres 575 470
•
., ( Bearers at I m centres 460 375
, ',.
.------------------------------~--------------------------
if Sheets ordered to be secured by balling or rivcuing al20 cm centres for side laps, and on every corrugation
"':t ... .ror end laps will require following quantities of 6 mm dia galvaniscd short cone-headed bolts and nuts, each with a pair of
~\~i,..
·~:S' curved galvaniscd washers. or 6 mm dia galvaniscd rivets. each where indicated with a pair of galvanised plain rou-id
.washers. per 1~0 sq m of sheeting :.
~r-
..~~:~ •
~
Particu lars 8 corrugation sheets 10 corrugation sheets
.•
.,Iain GI Sheet Ridging
• 60 Nos. of 1.83 m long, 38 em girth ridges along with 660 Nos, of galvanised coach headed screws and 600 Nos.
of Ilat circular washers are required per 100 m length of ridgiilg .
.:
~~l\ . A. C. Sheets for Roofing and Side-cladding
~~~ (Ref IS: 459·1970)
t, I
~~-
~_!..~~.:; I .----------------------------.---------------~----------------
t:
\:s.-.
-_ ~f·.· \ Particulars Corrugated Sheets Semi-corrugated Sheets
;~;\\:i~,,.
l~
:.:,;~_f.~, .~=es:idth
lengths
(Tolerance (-) 0.5 mrn, (+) Free)
1.50, 1.75.2.00.2.50. & 3.00 m long for both types
6mm
10SOmm
6mm
llOOmm
,~'" ' Effective laid width, allowing for side lap lOO6mm 1014mm ,
, ' .Corrugation - Overall depth & centre to centre distance 48 mm @ 146 mm centres 45 mm @ 338 mm centres
" Side lap . . .44mr.n 86mm '
:".End lap (minimum) , 150mm 150mm
:;;~Coverlng efficiency (varies with roof size & sheet length) Range 87 to 91 % Range 84 to 89 % '
"aFurlin spacing (maximwn) for roof ' 1.40 metres 1.40 metres
- ~pacing of runner supports (maximum) for side cladding 1.70 metres 1.70 metres
~um free overhang at eaves etc, 300mm 300mni
, "Area of sheets per metric tonne (unpacked. on ground)
., 74.74sqm 83,68,sqm
... ".'
4 ~" •• ~:.; ••
~'
d,
.,\\.'
...
104
'_,'",~...' ':.:...:
:"~~
~..:i,: ;;~:~!,~~j,,·~.~.i~
.:.
t
.':.:'
MArERIAL' CONSTANTS
.' .... _
... : ..
~. '.,' ';' .
r
.\
I
-.
e
:C(ll
J ,.
J
~. .
'
!
A. C"Sbee~ for Roofing and Side-cladding (contd)" . ~u;1I mi:
L-SL Where N = No of sheets per row L = Length of roof in metres eXI
N=
W = Overall width of one sheet in metres. ~ f'.ln ,
W-SL SL = One side-lap of sheets in metres
I
I•
sh!
Use the above formula to fmd out the number of sheets required in one row to cover the length of roof on plan. If N is not a
whole number. Nshould be rounded up to form a full number and the side lap will have to be suitably increased. «"I
.,. bel
The formula given above wlll also assist in estimating the quantity of specials like the number of pairs of ridge capping, or the
number of apron pieces/eaves filler pieces/north light curves/ventilator curves etc. In using the above formula for estimating specials, I M, J
the value of L. SL. and W is that of the corresponding roofing sheets ignoring the length of 'special' given in the catalogue of the .J-
manufacturer, and Nis the number of specials required.
For estimating the number of 8 mm dia GI hook bolts/ crank bolts etc., used in case of steel purlins, or GI coach screws used
.hl·1
in case of timber purlins, the number of GI hook bolts or coach screws required will be the number of sheets in one row, plus one,
multiplied by the number of purlins in the corresponding roof slope.
Length of hook bolts required will be the depth of the steel purlin (+) 75 mm for fixing sheets on intermediate purlins (i,e. not
~ I'I e
involving end lap) and depth of steel purlin (+) 90 mm on end laps (i.e, where four sheets meet). e
Alongwith each hook/crank bolt (i/c one nut) and along with each coach screw allow for one bitumen washer 2S mm diameter etc ~
3 mm thick. and one GI flat washer 2 mm thick.
GIseam bolts and nuts along with bitumen washer and Gl washer are used for stitching ridge cappings, cornerpieces, ventilator
::.:::1r.o;:!t" tight curves etc. J
.e ,I
(~~
.
q
ar
is (
CEILlNGS,I'LININGS AND WALL-BOARDING f-
When working out rates for ceilings, linings and wallboarding the sizes in which the boards/plywood etc .. arc to
be fixed and the sizes in which the same are manufactured/available, and the consequent wastage, if any, are of importance.
t rc
Architects are expected to give due thought to this aspect when preparing working drawings. Even wastage due to marginal ~
areas can, in most cases beavoided by suitable spacing of supports thereby ensuring that the marginal widths/lengths arc in
aesthetic/symmetrical submultiples of the standard sizes of boards. .
Working out the percentage of wastage involved should be the first step in working out rates fa)"ceilings/linings
etc. Assuming any standard figure for wastage may turn out to be hazardous.
•
~rj
Plaster of Paris Ceiling <':~
~il
Fo; making plaster of Paris ceiling tiles about 160 kg of plaster of Paris (gypsum anhydrous) and 10.5 sq m of
hessian cloth (both quantities inclusive of wastage) will be required to make 10 sq m of tiles (including closing gaps between
tiles with plaster of Paris after fixing in position where ordered). . ',¥, ,-
for
For in-situ plaster of Paris ceiling 10 mm thick, on 25 x 6 mm wooden strips and chicken wire mesh reinforcement C
fixed to wooden framework, following materials will be required for 10 sq m of ceiling (exclusive of wooden framework), I
including wastage :-
25 x 6 mm wooden strips, 35 mm elc = 0.047 cu rn. Nails :::: 0.75 kg.
i,. (-
Chicken wire mesh = 10.5 sq m.
The above quantities are inclusive of wastage.
Plaster of Paris 2Q7 kg.
I
I
e.
1"1r
l
, . iI .
FLOOR FINISHES AND PAVINGS
~.
, .
Granolithic l;loor per
r 'I
Granolithic concrete floor topping, consisting 1 part cement : I part stone dust : 2 parts of granite chips will as I
require the following materials per sq m :- i
! .~-
For 25 mm thickness 19.60 kg cement, 0.027 cu m stone chips and 0.014 cu m stone dust. I
For 30 mm thickness 22.10 kg cement, 0.030 cu m stone chips and 0.016 cu m stone dust. I
Wearproof Topping I L
5
For wcarproof lopping, uuunlllc floor hardener :IIHI cement arc mixed in dry suue, One pan of such tl mixture
is mixed wllh two parts by volume of crushed granite chips of 6 mm size, and water added. Materials required per sq rn
of wearproof lOpping are:- .
For 15 mm wcarproof topping
.
25 kg of cement & hardener mix and 0.017 Cll m of granite chips.
1
,I
9
S
I(
~r
For 20 nun wcarproof topping i
33 kg of cement & hardener mix uud 0.022 cu III of granite chips. It '4 ( ""'}
. Breakdown of the quantity of cement and weight of hardener will depend on the proportion recommended by t1ll~ I l4
manuf~eturer.. For example, if the recommended proportion is 1 PUrlof hardener: 4 parts of cement by weight, then for 15 I
r. /",
,
mm thick topping 5 kg of hardener and 20 kg of cement will be required per sq m.·· . ..... . . ~ -:»
\
~
.s
.~
'..
(': ..
•'1
" , .(,
\ /
,
.?""
)
»
... :!:Voq;:
,.,f;
a
...":),
~C~nc~ele~I~rs,
MATERIAL CONSTANTS
. ,
lOS
( -, . Requirement of cement, sand and aggregate for concrete floors and sub-bases can easily be arrived at by working
~ UU1 the cubical contents oCconcrete for the specified thickness and applying the constants given Cor concrete oC the required
'; " --mix. When working out the cubical contents of concrete in sub-bases laid on hardcore or rammed murrum, about 5 to 8 mm
~" .cxtra thickness should be taken into account to allow for un-even nature of the surface on which the concrete is laid. When
'';.'1:- t1iinishing layer of concrete is laid on prepared concrete sub-base or on RCC floor/roof slabs, about 3 mm extra thickness
'. " should be allowed for key/undulations in the sub-base or RCC slab.
-i ,_, .• 15 to 25 kg of cement in the form of cement slurry should be allowed per 10 sq m of flooring for providing bond
-,:..' between any two layers of concrete in flooring.
<;',1 .. '
te'" _ Mortar Layers/Bedding Screeds for Stone Slab Flooring, etc.
~;I-:: _, When calculating requirement (cubical contents) of mortar, additional thickness (over and above the specified
'~~!; ~ickncss of bedding layer in floors) as explained above for concrete floors should be taken into account.
if~l,)_ For mortar requirement in backing screed in vertical surfaces like dado etc ••refer material constants for plastering.
J~ .Cement Required for Setting Bricks, Stone Slabs and Tiles etc., in Floor.
e.ctc., arc laid
' Flooring material of the thicker variety like bricks. Slone slabs, plain or coloured cement tiles and tcrrazo tiles
directly on the mortar bedding layer, and as the laying of mortar bedding and laying of the bric :s/tiles etc.,
'AiProcccds simultaneously no additional cement (apart from grouting the joints which is considered separately) is required.
-rhinner varieties of tiles like glazed tiles, 'Spartck' ceramic tiles etc., arc usually laid on semi-hardened beddi: J layer and
'~uire about 4.40 kg of cement per sq m in the form of neat cement slurry for selling in place in flooring. For fixing thinner
e:.:arieties of tiles La hardened backing screed, in vertical surfaces like dado etc., a layer of neat cement of stif]' consistency
is employed, and the cement required will vary from 9 kg (for 5 mm layer) to 18 kg (for 10 mm layer) per sq m.
• , While or grey cement, or a mixture of while and grey cement (in the form of neat cement slurry) required for
.g~ouling I mm thick joints in tile-wor-k, including about SO % wastage varies from :-
0.30 kg per sq m for 100 x 100 x 5 mm thick Liles
•• Brick Flooring
Note : Approximately 1860 kg of cement will yield 1 cu In cfcement paste after mixing wmer.
, . The number of bricks and brick-tiles required per sq m of brick flooring with 1em thick joints are as given below
~ithci~t wastage. Mortar indicated is for grouting the joints only, exclusive of the bedding layer. Allowance has been made
..._
for pores in brick faces and occasional thicker joints .
- With modular bricks With old size bricks With old size brick Liles
'j.
Brick-Nos Marlar eu m Brick-Nos Mortar cu m Tiles - Nos eu m'
Size of tiles No. of tiles Size of tiles No. of tiles Size of tiles No. of tiles
in mm per sq m in mm per sq m in mm per sq m
MATERIAL CONSTANTS·
., Terrazo Cast-in-Situ
Materials required for 10 sq m of
top layer of tcrrazo
•
(lor
Cement
in kg
Marble chips
in kg
Marble powder
in kg !+- c,
1. Top layer of terrazo cast-in-situ, consisting 3 parts of cement by weight
mixed with 1 part of marble powder by weight, and one such part of
emon
cement-marble powder mixby volume mixed with 1.75 pans by volume
of marble chips of 2 to 4 mm size (ie Grade 0 size) :- t ork
La
2.
(i)
(ii)
5 mm thick
6 mm thick
layer
layer
!lcr
(i)
(ii)
7 mrn thick layer
8. mm thick layer
37
42
85.50
97.80
12.10
13.85
r
(iii) 9 mm thick layer 47 110:00 15.60
~-
loe
.a,
3. All as in item 1 above, but one part of cement-marble powder mix by
volume mixed with l.50 parts by volume of marble chips of size 1 to 10
ugl
mm (ie Grade 2 size)
(i) 10 mm thick layer 57 118.80 19.00
(ii) 11 mrn thick layer 130.70
,~
63 20.80
(iii) 12 mm thick layer 69 142.60 22.70 F.r.
Face(
Notes (a) Average weight oj marble chips is 1710 kg per cu m. C
(b)- For "applyingcement slurry as bond between underlayer and terrazo topping allow 25 kg of grey/while cement Rougl
per 10 sq m oj terrazo lopping.
(c) Allow 2.5 % wastage on all material constants given in the above rab/e. S~(
(d) Materials required for plain concrete in underlayer 10 be worked OUI as per constants given for concrete.
l.
te): Pigments to. be usedfor obtaining different shadeslcoloursof terrazo will be in the following proportions :- R,t:/l
(
mixture) broken
pieces)
1. ~ II.
Crazy marble paving; using random irregular size broken marble slabs of kg kg kg kg I and
mixed shades/colours, but of uniform thickness, gaps filled with terrazo J
mixture (as indicated for the mix in description of items 1 or 2 of tcrrazo cast- 2. Rot
in-situ above), trowelled to a smooth even surface and machine polished ;- I,
!
r--I
(i) for top layer, 20 mm thick 31 13.30 lOAD 392 g(.!\
r.
. '.
,
,I
J
l
.'J
"'~'.
, "
107
MATERiAL:" CONSTANTS
"t· -. '
PLASTERING ,AND POINTING
R.,irement
The obvious procedure for calculating the quantity of sand and cement (and/or lime) required per sq m of plaster
zs tkkncsses is to work out the volume of mortar required per sq m of plaster and to apply material constants for
J the same, after allowing for about 2.5 % wastage for mortar droppings. "
'~ickness of plaster, however, is calculated from the proudest part of the surface plastered. The volume of mortar
ec.
)Ollie product of area and thickness of plaster). therefore needs to be increased by predetermined extents based on
.•
from actual plastering work to allow for key (raked out joints etc.,) pores, undulations, uneven surfaces and
Aion of mortar due to trowelling.
~e extent of raked out joints available for key in plastering varies with the face dim~nsfOns of bricks of various
'~r, one brick thick walls with traditional bricks present a fair face on one side and a rough uneven face on the
~
~ .rick walls using old size bricks, -do- 4.3 mm ] Average group value for fair brick
3.7 mm surfaces may be taken as 4 mm
--
').rick walls using modular bricks, -do-
"';nner)face of brick walls using old size bricks -do- 6.6 mm ] Average group value for rough surfaces
orendom or polygonal stone masonry -do- 9.1 mm may be taken as 8 mm
..J'he above data assumes a fair quality of workmanship, in plaster work as well as in the brickwork/concrete!
....
rk •. , on which the plaster is applied. Higher quantity of mortar than indicated above may be required due to uneven
~gularilics in the bricks used and due to a tendency in plastering. artisans to apply mortar in layers thicker than
•
r)1
"u
of special finish applied
crcoat to be as specified)
Lime
putty
(wet)
Cement Sand
Crushed Slone or
gravel, 6 to 12
mm size
Crushed stone or
pebbles, 10 to 20
mm size
cu m kg cu m cu m cu m
lib
i~ ..
fatenal constants are per 10 sq m
:rct1ling undercoat
\"
Mortar required for pointing 10 sq m of surface (inclusive of wastage) ,
~
Mortar Mortar C-
Type of surface to which pointing is done Type of surface to which pointing is done cu m
cu m is
Flush, keyed or struck pointing to brickwork on fair
face. 0:0355
Pointing with bastard tuck ormason's 'Y' joint to
random rubble masonry: 0.0912
e
-00- but to random rubble masonry 0.0753 -00- but 10 squared, rubble masonry coursed or
uncoursed. . '0.0731
-Do- but to squared rubble, coursed or uncoursed
masonry 0.0576 Flush. keyed or struck pointing to ashlar or block-
in-course stone masonry or to concrete block
-Do- but to facing of brick tiles 0.0555 walling. O,()217 of
C.
WHITE/COLOUR-WASHING AND DISTEMPERING ETC.
Specifications adopted by various departments/agencies, and the covering capacities cl?imed by manufactu~ers for their
paint and allied products differ considerably. Material constants given below arc the average values.
c;
First coat Each subsequent .4(.... ba I
coat
c.:th- 0li
J.
While w:lshing to walls or underside of ceilings. Slaked lime ... 1.20 kg 0,80 kg.
Glue 3 grams 2' grams C
•
Ultramarine blue 4 grams 2 grams J "
Sodium chloride 155 grams 105 grams
I ',~;,
Cement wush 10 walls or underside of ceilings, Cc IIIc....
, 1.07 kg kg (t,
------, -------- I, -
"ul<: iFor colour-washing, I1I(JI('fiu/x ul{lIirnl/(lr each C(I(/I [afu:« initial CO(l/of white-wash] will be same as given/or 'each tv
subsequent coot' of white-wash, I~XCI'fll tluu ill pluc« (If ultran.arinc blue, 80 10 100 grams of mineral colour wil! be
required, '
Waterproof cement based paint of proprietor), brand (suitable
c
for mixing with water) such as 'Snowccm' or similar, on :-
fibre board surface and the like Dry powder 3.0G kg for
C
IwOcoats
smooth concrete surface . Dry powder 3.05 kg for two coats
plastered surface (plain) Dry powder 4.00 kg for two coats
('.1i
uri-plastered brick wall face Dry powder 4.40 kg for two coats
unplastered concrete block walling Dry powder 4.65 kg for two coats (;
roughcast or pebbled ash plaster Dry powder 7.70 kr, for two coats
Puttying plastered surfaces to a smooth even finish 0.20
e--r.:( I"
ks of putty ! ,
-Clearcolling plastered surface with glue solution (I kg glue Cq
: 15 kg water) . Glue 80 grams on
'Whiting
O.SO to 0.90 litre
1.00 kg
..
I
Distempering with dry distemper (washable) of proprietary
brand... ... ... Dry distemper powder .1.35 kg for two coats
Distempering, with oil-bound distemper (washable quality) of Oil bound distemper ,
proprietary brand ... ... paste 1.50 kg for two coats
'__~q}'_lic_~mulsiol\.paim.to plastcrcd.nceru finished surfaces,
(or on ordinary plastered surface given oil-putty treatment
to make it smooth and even)
Acrylic emulsion paint
r·
'~.70
90
litre Ior white shade
-D
I.
t
~
shade r- ,
Note: When' analysing prices •.allowance for brushes, sand paper eIC.• is usually made at the rate of 5 % of the calculated
labour wages for each unit of while washing. distempering etc. : , ,
;
.. _-_ -_-_-_ ..-_ .. -----_- -_ ..---_ ...._._ ...._----- ._._._.-._----_._._ ..... _-- -_ .. _ ..
••••• ._ •• •• n. .
..
. ·"~'t
GLAZING
!\Vhereglass is purchased in bulk in stock sizes and cut to sizes required for fixing, 10 to 15 % wastage
(6 be allowed on glass.
If glass is purchased ready-cut to required sizes for fixing by builder's employees, 5 % allowance is made
Vhere glass is fixed by a subcontractor at all-inclusive rates for glazing, an allowance of 1 % will cover
Subsequentto glazing but before ha~ding over the building to the owner.
Almost all builders find it cheaper and convenient to employ a subcontractor for glazing work at rates inclusive
ndmaterials.
.
Where SUbcontractors are employed, the local trade customs should be taken into account in the working out
be qUo.!ed by a builder .. FPS system is still prevalent in the glazing trade. In some localities the sizes of
lass"panes are rounded up to the nearest dimension of 3 inches, which means that a pane of size 10 x 22
be measured as 2 sq ft .' Another custom that may be come across is 10 charge panes less than 1 sq ft area as
affolding is to be provided by the builder to the subcontractor.
nt of Glazing Putty .
The requirement of glazing putty given below is for glazing with oil putty without beads. The element of
g accounts [or 20 % of the requirement of glazing putty given in the table below. Where glass panes are back-
ixed with timber beads to wooden joinery, glazing pcuy required will be 20 % of the requirement indicated in
ow.
The average requirement of putty in kg per sq m of glazing in panes not exceeding 0.5 sq m per pane for timber
steel windows may be taken as 0.65 kg and 0.82 kg respectively.
Plain Areas
Attention is drawn to page/7 of this book where multiplying factors for converting area of uneven surfaces into
ain area for the purpose of painting etc., are given. The material constants given below are applicable for work
as.
nstants
Covering capacities claimed by manufacturers of paint and allied products differ considerably. 'Funher, the type
fsurfaces; workmanship ctc., mel with in one job may differ from another. The material constants given below
eated as average' indicative- figures for estimating purposes, and used with caution and discrimination when
r indenting stores.
-~~-------
--_ ------------------ .-::.:':.. ..:_
---------- - .. -
' .,-----------
....
:0
MATERIAL CONSTAl'\TS t-
C~
Description of work Material required for 10 sq m of surface
e1 ..
Timber and woodbased surfaces
~.;-
rcparatory work before painting/polishing/varnishing etc., .f-
-
III 11>_
0 be allowed for where specified) :-
(i) Knotting Patent shellac knotting 0.07 litre t~ url/·
(ii) Stopping Putty for Slopping 0.20 kg
(iii) Staining wrought surfaces using spirit based ~-
stainer liquid Stainer liquid
.,
0.63' litre
(iv) Staining clean sawn surfaces using linseed oil
-t-
1.
(v)
based stainer liquid
Sizing wrought surfaces with weak size of
Stainer liquid 1.00 litre
-
"
thinned shellac varnish, sparingly applied Sizing 0.30 litre
cial blackboard paint (after priming coat) Black board pain! - Each coat 0.50 litre ',-
ural clear mclaminised wood finish, matt or glossy Wood finish (single coat) 1.00 litre
painting (after priming coat) . Oil paint - First coat 0.60 Iirrc 9..
Finishing coal .-. 0.55 litre
Synthetic enamel - each coat 0.45 litre
-
Black japan - each coat 0.60 litre 10.
Aluminium paint - each coat 0.45 litre
Bituminised black, paint O.RO lilrl:
11.
Plastered surfaces
Primer (suitable for piaster) 0.R5 litre
ing coat 12.
Oil paint (undercoat) (U;:S litre
xiinting after priming coat 0.75 litre (
Oil paint (finishing coal)
13.
ing with synthetic enamel after priming coat Synthetic enamel (each coat) 0.75 litre ...
t_;
,"
... ~--- -- ------_._-- . ----------- ---- ------
_-_ .._- ._- ----_ .. .... _
~. 111 ~...
MATERIAL CONSTANTS
~
WATER SUPPLY, PLUMBING, DRAIN~; AND SANITARY FITTINGS
\)' Effective Pipe Lengths and Number or Joints
•
4&
The number of pipes required can be worked out by deviding the total length of piping ofa particular diameter required
in the job by the working (effective) length per pipe making due allowance for pipe specials like bends, tees, valves etc. This
also facilitates working out the number o( joints required. Pipes <Ireavailable in various working lengths. The recommended
working lengths for various kinds of pipes in relevant IS specifications arc as follows :-
11
•
Type of pipe and applicable IS Specification No. Recommended working Icngthts) per pipe
1. Centrifugally cast (spun) iron pressure pipes [or water.
'o.
(i) Socket and spigot pipes (class LA, A & B) 3.66, 4, 4.88. 5, 5.5 and 6 In
(ii) Flanged pipes with screwed flanges class A and B 2, 2.8, 3, 4, 4.88, 5, 5.5 and 6 m
•
',.
3. cast (spun) iron spigot and socket soil,
. Centrifugally 1.5. 1.8, 2.0, 2.5 and 3 m
waste and vent pipes of 50, 75. JOO and ~50 mm
diameter (IS : 3989 - 1984)
4. Sand cast iron Sfli~()t and socket pipes of 50, 75, lO0_ -00-
.•~l
jt and 150 mrn diameter (IS : 1729 - 1979) ~
Q
5. Concrete plp es (IS : 458 - 197])
•
(i) Unrein forced, non-pressure, type N P 1
(ii) Reinforced, non pressure, light duty, type NP 2
1 metre lengths
2 J\1 lengths for 80, 100, ISO, 200 and 250 mm dill
2, 2.5 & 3 III lengths for 300, 350 & 400 mm din
I
• (iii) Reinforced. non pressure, heavy duty, type NP 3
2,5 and 3 III lengths for 450 nun diameter and above. '
2.5 and 3 lengths for 350 mill to 1200 min diu.
•
III
(iv) Reinforced. non pressure, very heavy duty 2.5 III lengths for 400 to 80u rnrn diu..
(railways). lype NP 4 1.25 III 'lengths for 900 to 1800 rnm diu,
• (v) Reinforced, pressure pipes. tested (or 2 kg/sq em 2.5 m lengths for 80'lo 250 mill din.
•
pressure, type P 1 2. 2.5 or 3 III lengths for 300 and 350 mrn dla,
2.5 & 3 III lengths for 400 to 1200 mm din.
~c ,
(vi) Reinforced, pressure pipes, tested for 4 kg/sq em 2 m lengths for 80 to 250 'mm dia
"
(I
6. Asbestos cement pressure pipes (15 : 1592 - .1970) 3 or 4 III for 100 mrn din and less,
4 m lengths [or pipes exceeding 100 mm dia.
•'_ 7.
8.
A. C. building pipes, for soil, vent, waste and rainwater
(IS': 1626 ~ 1980, Pari I)
A. C. cement valley gutters, boundary wall gutters and
half round gutters (IS : 1626 - 1980, Pari II)
0.5, I, 1.5, 2 and 3 m lengths.
2 m lengths.
• 9. M. S, tubes. black/galvaniscd for water distribution, Random lengths of 4 to 7 rn, grade marked yellow for
••.
(IS : ]239 - 1979, Part I) 'Light'. blue for 'Medium' and Ted for 'Heavy'.
- 10. Low density polythelene pipes (IS : 3076 - 1985) for In' coils of 25. 50, 100, 150 and 250 In lengths.
'potable water supply.
.) 11. High density pulythelene pipes for potable water supply, In coils O( straight lengths of 5 to 20 m.
,II
... sewage and industrial effluents, (IS : 4984 - ]978)
?
•.,
12. Unplasticlzed PVC pipes (or potable water supply In straight lengths of 4. and 6 m,
(IS : 4985 - 198J)
13. Salt glazed stoneware pipes (IS 651 - 1980) 0.6. 0.75 and 0.9 III lengths (0.6 III length being most .
commonly used) .
._I'"
:.
~;:[;·i··'~~·s.
~i\4.t:Jt~~;:··
..,,~~~~.~~.~~--:;;;:.~.'::.-:'::~ 'g'O. \~.:~';:';.:7'"::'::.-:~'::-=--=::...-.:=-
.. :--' ..:._~_ ....."..__ ..
•••• ""~.:.
o"-•• ~._
"
•. :\.~' ....
• '<-" t-"~.,,,,,, .' "''''''ii'i;~
'.: e ............ ~.~ .•'I\~.~
.. ',<:?':~,'<~;.~~~.
:;,' l.
.
};4 ..
112 ..
,.;.:.
MATERIAL CONSTANTS
" :~ (I
"
Materials Required for Pipe Joints
'"
Nominal Run lead join; Lead wool joint Cement mortar (1:1) joint;~
internal dla Lead Depth of Spun yam Lead wool Spun yarn Cement mortar Spun yam:~
of pipe per ,..joint
..
lead joint per joint per joint,
*
per ,..joint per joint per joint \'::
..
mm kg rnm ,kg kg kg cu m kg
.,
150 3.4 50 0.20 2.41 0.34 0.00090 0.20 4
200 5.0 50 0.30 3.37 0.57 O~00124 0.30
250 6.1 50 0.35 4.11 0.74 0.00166 0.35
300 7.2 55 0.48 4.82 0.82 0.00207 0.48
:'
350 8.4 55 0.60 6.04 1.17 0.00243 0.60
400 9.5 55 0.75 7.00 1.33 0.00270 0.75
450 14.0 55 0.95 9.64 1.84 0.00336 0.95
500 15.0 60 1.00 ]0.86 1.99 0.00408 1.00
600 19.0 60 1.20 ]2.79, 2.83 0.00546 1.20
750 25.0 60 1.49 15.68 3.52 4'
900 35.0 65 1.80 18.80, 4.25
1200 52.0 70 2.$5 28.44 6.01 C~'
No'" Th~above information in columns marked ' has been extractedfrom IS : 3114 - 1985 - Cod, Of practice for 10Y~
cast iron pipes. Cement joints are permissible for cast iron gravity sewers. ~
Nominal Materials required per joint Nominal Materials required per joint
~cmal dia Cement and sand internal din Cement and sand
of pipe mortar (1 :1) Spun yam of pipe mortar (1:1) Spun yam
mm cu m kg mm cu m kg
~ 0.0004 0.012 350 0.0034 0.161
100
,,'\ 150 0.0001 0.027' 400 0.0043 0.180
"" 200 0.0010 0.051 450 0.0050 0.200
230 0.0012 0.066 500 0.0068 0.265
~ 250 . 0.0019 0.087 600 0.0090 0.395
300 0.0025 0.141
Two lengths of hemp rope, approximatcty equal to me circumference of the pipe and of thickness appropriate to the
~king space arc dipped in cement slurry and slipped over the pipe barrel at each side of the collar and pushed in with a
~Iking tool to the midpoint to ensure even thickness of cement joint inside the collar.
Minimum caulking space (between outside diameter of pipe barrel and inner diameter of the loose concrete cellar for
fiLming) for all non-pressure (NP) type of concrete pipes is 13 mm for pipes upto 250 mm dia, 16 mm for 300. 350 and
400 mm din and 19 mm for pipes exceeding 400 mm diu. .
A. \
--
Nominal l'-TP2 Pjpc~ Nominal NP 2 Pipes NP 3 Pipes
I
~ntcrnal dia Cement and sand. mortar (1:1) internal dia
Cement and sand mortar (1:1)
of pipe required per collar joint of pipe
required per collar joint
ttl
mm ~u m mm cu m eu m
~
80 0.0016 350 0.0067 0.0081
100 0.0019 400 0.0075 0.0088
~ 150 0.0024 450 0.012. 0.014
200 0.0030 500 0.013 0.015
t.; 225 0.0032 600 0.017 0.019
250 0.0035 700 0.018 0.021
4.J 300 . O.00S7 800 0.024 0.026
1400 0.066 900 0.029 0.032
1600 0.081 1000 0.035 , 0.038
~
1800 0.105 1100 0.042 0.045
1200 0.049 0.052
W
~~'~--------~------------r---~-----
I Spun yarn
• Nominal diameter Mortar required Nominal internal dia White lead required
~ of pipe per joint I per joint of pipe per' joint
.V mm cu m kg mm grams
u
;'=::~:~,
~_::;y.,.;:'J!Sl
_-~r".:. C ..
.-
.! '
114 ! .'.;
MATERIAL CONST ANTS
"
Sanitary Appliances
Sizes recommended for sanitary appliances in 'relevant applicable Indian Standard Specifications arc given below. for
L
ready reference. These may be found useful in framing items of work, drafting of specifications and in detailing working
drawings.
W;Jsh down water closet, European pedestal Patterns 1 and 2, Both patterns have integral 'P' or'S' trap.
:~'pe
IS : 2556 (Part J/) - 1981 Overall dimcnsions of both patterns (without seal and cover) arc
identical :- end to end length 500 to 575 mm, width 345 mm, and height
390 mill. Water surface area in Pattern 1 is twice that of Pattern 2.
•ill
Both patterns have provision for vent horn and arc available in P or S
trap as ordered, ~I
lev
:ieat and coyer for European pedestal type Thermoset scat and cover conforming to IS : 2548 (part I) - 1983may ~l'
wntcr closet. be of Type 'A' moulded from phenolic plastics or oft>Type 'B' moulded
'Hinges of nickel-chromium plated brass/bronze/
·l~cl or of aluminium alloy with anodic coming,
from urea-formal dehyde.
Thermoplastic scat and cover conforming to IS : 2548 (pan II) - 1983
e
11 of suitable plastic. Scat and cover available in
Il;lck while or other colours)
may be of Type 'A' moulded from polystcrcnc or of Type 'B' moulded
from polypropclcnc. •
Valer closets, squatting pattern
'i : 2556 (Part 1J!)·1981.
l'otal depth exclusive of P or S trap is 290 to Long 580 mm or 630 mill long
•
~I
~umin for 580 mm size 'Long' pan, 3 I 0 to 340 Length inclusive of back or front inlct « 685n35 mrn
-m for 630 rom size 'Long' pan, 280 to 300 mP1
:r small Orissa pan, 300 to 320 mm for large
Orissa 580 x 440 mm or 630 x 450 mm inclusive of footrests. 4
-rissa pan and 290 mm for 'Rural' pan. All
funning pattern we pans require separate Rural
Length inclusive of flushing inlet = 655 or 705 mm
425 mm long and about 650 wide inclusive of integral • )
........ ~_---_ .. ------. ~ ------- --- -_ .._------- -- - -~ . .._. - -_._. __ - _----_. _----------_._- --------_------ ..._--_._-- ....
. 'J~-~'~-.T.~~-<~'' '~:-:-.?-<''-::-~'' ::'' ;;-~'....~~-.~: :-:'~""'
' ':~'..... -' ...~K"'
' '~..... ~W~...?"'_;~ : ~"":r~
II'I"";_""·'' ' .;..: ...:' ' .•'~' '....';._.... ...·:_~::~?"""".~
...~.....
i~~~~ ~""'.::-""~""~:~.~~~~;'~;;s::;'' ' ,.~.~=~.;~=::::~-~~-~~;;".'i...'!':.-~-f!:::~~;~=
:::~~l~
.... .... or""...
::l!".~. __
.., ~j
i\\l
-~ li5
MATERIAL CONSTANTS
.,
.,~ &'"
~.
, j!--~---------------------.--------------------~-------------------
:-1!--------------------------------~-------------------------------------------------
Type of sanitary appliance
.
Recommended sizes
Qv!;.mll widell
~.
,'·hUOYlltory slnks Qverall lr:.n!!lh Qv~rall h~i~hl
.: f> :fi556 (Pari V) - 1979.
;.-1 400
450
rnm
mrn
x
x
250 mm
300 mm
x
x
150
150
mm
mm
500 111m x 350 mm x 150 mm
~ 600 mm x 400mm x 206 mm
"'6 600 mm x 450 mm x 200 mm
.\ ( . ·'u.g cisterns Flushing cisterns may be high level (minimum height of 1250 rnm
.. /" ~ : 774 - 1984 between top of pan and underside of cistern) or low level (height not
exceeding 300 rnm between top of pun and underside of cistern) or
:~\:~;F'lufpipe internal diameter to be 32 mm for high coupled ie at the back portion of wash down pedestal pattern water
.;j/-.. 'vcJ.iiistcrns and 38 mill for low level cisterns. closets, where usually underside of the cistern will be at the level of tOP
;,::'.~ nlel"!'ipc 15 rom diameter) of pan.
• Dual flush cisterns arc of a design which enables the user to eause a
•
short flush of parlin! discharge when only urine needs to be flushed
away or to cause the customary full flush at his option.
i~:~ct~~;~I~!~:u;r~
ARCHITECTURAL NORi'.-JSAND GUIDELINES
FOR AVERAGE DODY MEASUREMENT IN JNDlA
Height from Height from
TYfJeof Fitting or Fixture,
top of floor level top of floor level
Architectural element etc.
incm in em
.it" rOWf Kitchen platform 80 Tap in kitchen ground sink 40
,_ Minimum clear opening below slab of Tap in bath room 70
k.en platform to accomodate a
- Do- if used for taking bath
cooking gas cylinder 68
silting on floor, below the tap 110
r,edge of ki~chensink 74 Bottom of ceiling fan 260
3~ wide shelf (to provide full
reach upto back of shelf) 150
Top of railing in balcony 9C
Top of staircase-calling (measured
Llest shelf in kitchen 50
from edge of nosing of steps) 85
4t top edge of wash hand basin 85
Minium spar;:c
.T. of partitions for urinals . 130
provisioll in em
L~...of urinal for gentlemen :: _ 70
Depth of wardrobe (for coats ) 50
B~oll_ edge of reflecti~g surface
<$'irr9rfixed behind wash basin 130 Between walls enclosing wash basin 95
~, cf towclrail . 90 In front or wash basin and wall 65 .
Bottom of shower rose 200 Edge of dining table and wall 85.
., cock for shower rose 100 Edge of dining table and cabinets 120
Note: For comfort in using staircase, the sum of twice the height of risers in em and one width of tread
in em should eome to about 58.5 em. .
: For aceomodatingtwo gas cylinders side by side below kitchen platform provide 85 cm clear width.
f~
:~:\fi.'~.,
e
'iJ6
. r
FORMULAE USEFUL IN VALUATION OF PROPERTY
• ::J
To find the arnounr thnt will accumulate at the end of n years if Rc, 1.00 ·is invested t~ay af the rate of interest
•
of i percent per annum.
"im. .
~.
1):1\
Amount of Rc, 1.00 = (I + i)"
Where i is the rate of interest viz. '0.03 for 3%. 0.05 for 5% etc, and n is the number of years.
"1.,
2. Present value of Re, 1.00
.; -l
To find the present value 0{ Re. 1.00 payable at the end of n years at the rate of interest of i percent per annum.
1 ~
*,5
6
Present value of Re. 1.00 == . (1 + i )"
6~
Where n is the number of. years and l is the rate of interest viz. 0.03 for 3% rate of interest. 9
f"~1
.f. Annual sinking fund
~
To find the amount that should be invested every year at the fate of interest of i percent per annum so that
u will accumulate to Rc, l.00 at the end 01' n years. C.
\...
Where i is the rate of interest viz 0.03 [or 3%, and n is the number of years. f'
Present value of Re, 1.00 per annum (Single Rate). (This is also called as the year's purchase (single rate) for
(!;.
II years).,
To find the present value of the total accumulation at the end of n years if Re, 1.00 is proposed to be invested
., c.
at the end of every year at the rate of interest of i percent per annum. C
Here, i.e, in single rate calculations, it is assumed that the invested capital (present value) can be redeemed by (I
payinginto sinking fund an annual amount which will accumulate at compound interest at the Same ratepercent at which thc )
Present value of Rc, 1.00 per annum (single rate) (i.e, year's purchase (single rate) for n years). !
.i
.i
c.
[1- (l.~itJ I
i. .
i
Where i is the rate of interest per annum viz. 0.03 for 3% and n is the number of years.
.1 '"\
6. Present value of Re. 1.00 per annum (Dual Rate)
To find the present value of the total accumulation at the end of n years if Re. 1.00 is proposed to be j.nvcs~cd
at the end of every year at the rate of interest of i per annum and where allowance is to be made for invested caplwl (i.c.
the present value) to be redeemed at the end of n years by paying into an Annual Sinking Fund at a diffcrent rate percent.
usually much lower than i 0
Present value of Re'",1.00 per annum (dual rate) (i.e. year's purchase (dual rate) for n years).
] -V
i, (V x d)
'-.-
Where V = Present value of Rc, 1.00 receivable at the end of n years at the rate per ccnt at which :1Il Annutll n. _
Sinking Fund can be invested, .
d = Difference between interest on Ro. 1.00 for one year at the two givcn rarcs per cent. .~
c·
(.
1 '....
{
"--
-_.- --_ ..- - .._._....-.... _ ..._ --_._. -- .. _-- ..__ ..._._-------
. --_ .. , - ..- _
-- ... . .... __ --- -_ -_. __ ._---_._-
11'7
INTEREST AND DISCOUNT'TABLES
in~
.,
'S
2.5
'Interest Table [or calculating the amount of interest on 100 currency units for any number of days.
Rate or Interest %
-iQjOi"o1lo8-0:0ro-0~0 n-O;012-0;0 1"4-0;015-0;016-0;018-0,019-o.()~I- 0.022 0.023 0.025 0,026 0.027 0.030 0.033
~0.014 0.016 0.019 0.022 0.025 0.027 0.030 0.033 0.036 O.Q3S0.041 0.044 0.047 0.049 0.052 o.oss 0.060 0.066 2
~.021 0.025 0.029 0.033 0.037 0.041 0.045 0.049 0.053 0.058 0.062 0.066 0.070 0.074 0.078 0.082 0.090 0.099 3
-t~27 0.033 0.Q38 0.044 0.049 0.055 0.060 0.066 0.071 0.077 0.082 0.088 0.093 0.099 0.104 o.no 0.121 0.132 4
.Q..0340.041 0.048 0.055 0.062 0.069 oms 0.082 0.OS9 0.0')6 0.103 0.110 0.116 0.123 0.130 0.137 0.\51 0.164 5
~l 0.049 0.058 0.066 0.074 0.OS2 0.090 0.099 0.107_0.115 0.123 0.132 0.140 0.148 0.156 0.164 0.181 0.197 G
., 0.0480.058 0.067 0.077 0.086 0.096 0.106 0.115 0.125 0.134 0.144 0.153 0.163 0.173 0.182 0.\92 0.211 0.230 7
.d8055 0.066 0.077 0.088 0.099 0.110 0.121 0.132 0.142 0.153 0.164 0.175 0.186 0.197 0.208 0.210 0.241 0.263 &
9U.062 0.074 0.086 0.099 0.111 0.123 0.136 0.148 0.160 0.173 0.155 0.197 0.210 0.222 0.234 0.247 0.271 0.296 9
.J,2.069.0.0820.096 0.110 0.123 0.137 0.151 0.164 0.17& 0.192 0.206 0.219 0.233 0.247 0.260 0.274 0.301 0.329 10
2ta1!:.1370.164 0.192 0.219 0.247 0.274 0.301 0.329 0.356 0.384 0.411 0.438 0.466 0.493 0.521 0.548 0.603 0.658 20
'\ 0.206 0.247 0.288 0.329 0.370 0.411 0,452 0.493 0.534 0.575 0.617 0.658 0.699 0.740 0.781 0.822 0.904 0.9S6 30
,~.274 0.329.9.384 0,438 0,493 0.548 0.603 0.658 0.712 0.767 0.822 0.877 0.932 0.986 1.04 1.10 1.21 1.32 40
50 0.343 0.411 0.4S0 0.548 0.616 0.685 0.754 0.S22 0.S91 .0.959 1.03 1.10 1.16 1.23 1.30 1.37 1.51 1.64 59
.lil,411 0.493 0.575 0.658 0.740 0.822 0.904 0.986 1.07 1.15 1.23 1.32 1.40 1.48 \.56 1.64 1.81 1.97 60
7'!r'b.4800.575 0.671 0.767 0.863 0.959 1.05 1.15· 1.25 1.34 1.44 lsi. 1.63 1.73 1.82 1.92 2.1I 2.30 70
'~),O.S480.658 0.767 O.ST/ O.9S6 1.10 1.21 1.32 1..12 lSI 1.6'1 1.75 UCJ I.n 2.01\ 2.19 2.4I 2.63 SO
..... 616 0.740 O.S6:;u.~.'6 i. ii 1.23 1.36 IAli 1.60 1.73 I.sS 1.9'1 2.10 2.22 2.34 2.4" 2.'11 2.96 !In
'000.685 0.822 0.959 1.10 1.223 1.37 1.51 1.64 1.78 1.92 2.06 2.19 2.33 2.74 2.60 2.74 3.01 3.29 100
.11.37 0.1.6~1.92 2.19 2.19 2.74 3.01 3.29 3.5ti 3.84 4.11 4.38 4.66 4.1)3 5.21 5.48 6.03 6.58 200
••
)
tllultiplying Factors for calculating present value of Re 1/- at given rates of interest.
,)
,..
, )Year Rate of Interest
1 2 3·
%
4 5 G 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1-6 17 18 19 .
Year
20
r•
t) 1 0.99 0.98 0.97 0.96 0.95 0.94 0.93 0.93 0.92 0.91 0.90 0.89 0.88 0.88 0.87 0.86 0.85 0.S5 0.84 0.83 1
., 2 0.98 0.96 0.94 0.92 0.91 0.89 0.87 0.86 0.84 0.83 0.81 0.80 0.78 0.77 0.76 0.74 0.73 0.72 0.70 0.69 2
, ~ 3 0.97 0.94 0.92 0.89 0.86 0.84' 0.82 0.79 0.77 0.75 0.73 0.71 0.69 0.67 0.66 0.64 0.62 0.61 0.59 0.5S 3
... 4 0.96 0.92 0.89 0.85 0.82 0.79 0.76 0.74. 0.71 0.68 0.66 0.64 0.61 0.59 0.57 0.55 0.53 0.52 0.50 0.48 4
.-1. 5 0.95 0.91 0.86 0.82
.. 6 0.94 0.89 0.84 .0.79
0.78
0.75
0.75
0.70
0.71
0.67
0.68
0.63
0.65
0.60
0.62
0.56
0.59
0.53
0.57
0.51
0.54
0.48
0.52
0,46
0.50
0.43
0.48
0.41
0.46
0.39
0.44
0.37
0.42 0.40 5
0.35 0.33 6
tJ 7 0.93 0.88 O.SI 0.76 0.71 0.67 0.62 0.58 0.55 0.51 0.48 0.45 0.43 0.40 0.38 0.35 0.33 0.31 0.30 0.28" 7
fW) 8 0.92 0.S.5 0.79 0.73 0.68 0.63 0.58 0.54 0.50 0.47 0.43 0.40 0.38 0.35 0.33 0.31 0.28 0.21 0.25 0.23 8
,Q 9 0.91 0.84 0.77 0.70 0.64 0.59 0.54 0.50 0.46 0.42 0.39 0.36 0.33 0.31 0.28 0.26 0.24 0.23 0.21 0.19 9
e
'\ 10 0.91 0.82 0.74 0.66
11 0.90 O.SO 0.72 0.65
, .12 0.1;9 0.79 0.70 0.62
0.61
0.58
0.56
0.56
0.53
0.50
0.51
O.4S
0.44
0.46
0.43
0040
0.42
0.39
0.36
0.39
0.35
0.32
0.35
0.32
0.29
0.32
0.29
0.26
0.29
0.26
0.23
0.27
0.24
0.21
0.25
0.21
0.19
0.23
0.20
0.17
0.21
0.18
0.15
0.19
0.16
0.14
0.18
0.15
0.12
0.16
00.13
10
11
0.11 12
G 13 0.88 0.77 0.68 0.60 0.53 0.47 0.41 0.37 0.33 0.29 0.26 0.23 0.20 0.18 0.16 0.15 0.13 0.12 0.10 0.09 13
14 0.S7 0.76 0.66 0.5S 0.51 0.44 0.39 '0.34 0.30 0.26 0.23 0.20 0.18 0.16 0.14 0.13 0.11 0.10 0.09 0.08 14
d~ 15 0:16 0.74 0.64 0.56 0.48 0.42 0.36 0.32 0.27 0.24 0.21 0.18 0.16 0.14 0.12 0.11 0.09 0.08 0.07 0.06 15
., 20 ~.~2 0.67 0.55 0.46 0.38 0.31 0.26 0.21 O.I S 0.15 0.12 0.10 0.01) 0.1l7 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.04 0.03 0.03 20
e: .~
118
MEN· SUR A T 1·0 N e i,)) ,
~
AREAS e
1. Rectangles {
(i) A = ab
(ii) d =
--.J '42 + bl
r
where A = area; a == length; b == breadth; r.
d == diagonal.
2. Squares
e
OJ
Il·
(i) A = a2
•
1-.--1
(ii) d ,;, a-{2
where A = area; a = side; d = diagonal. •, (.
3. Right-angled triangles c
(i)
(ii)
h ="
b2 + pl
b =--.J (h - p) (h + p)
e
(iii) p =--.J (h - b) (h + b) e
Where h = hypotenuse; b = base; p = perpendicular. ~ G
4. Triangles (
c;
(i) A ::: +bh
where A == area; b = base; h ::: height. f"
.;:.,
(ii) A =--.Js(s - a) (s - b) (s - c)
where A == area; a. band c arc the three sides;
€ J
I <i
(
-,
and s:::; a + b + c
2 (
\,
.
(
5. Equilateral triangles
(i) h :::; a-{3 e
2
L
(Ii) A = al x _:q '" ,.' "'-
(_
where h ;:: height; a ::: side; A ::: area.
(
6. Isosceles triangles I
~
A ::: _c:_
4
--J4 a2 - c2
t..
where A::: area; a == side; c base.
7. Para lIelograms
~Z=d11
(i)A == bh
where A == area; b = base; h ::: height.
(ii) A == dp
}--b~ where A :::; area; d == diagonal; p == offset of diagonal.'
(iii) A ::: 2 --.Js (8 - a) (8 - b) (8 - d)
,where' A ::: area: d = diagonal; a and b are two adjacent
,~
0?l' 8. Rhombus
A ==-}dl(
~ where A == area; dl and dz arc two diagonals.
L
ii9
9. Quadrilaterals
A =; d (Pi + p,)
where A =
area; d = diagonal; Pl and Pl are the offsets of
the diagonal.
and s
11. Trapezoids
J4- b--+j
+
/ \ A = (a + b) h
=
Where A area; a and b are the parallel sides; h = the
perpendicular distance between the parallel sides.
(i) A :::_!l x ar
2
(ii) A na
=2" \jR~2 r 1 .( a
(iii) A = a2 18Jl
X ~ cot n
laY
(iv) A rl X n tan -rr
Rl YfJ
(v) A X ~ sin
n
A ::
- O;
$.
J..
where A = area; a = side.
e;
-.
120
16. Circles e ,...
~:J ~
(i) C = 11: d
(ii) A == it r2 •
17.
where C == circumference; d
Similar figures
= diameter; A ::::area; r ::::radius .
••• ......
(i) a : b =
P : q e·
where a and b arc lengths in one figure. corresponding to p and
q respectively in the other, .:
(ii) Al : A,. = (a1)1 : (~)2 .i....
where At and A2 arc the areas of the two ligures; a1 find a1are
• 1
corresponding lengths, one in each figure.
18. . Ellipses
c
A = 11: ab
=
C = DM
Where A area; a = semi-major axis; and b::::semi-minor axis';
cl
C ::::circumference; M = multiplier. .. I
I
If value of ~ = 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8 or 0.9 then the .,1 ,
T corresponding multiplier (M) will be 2.1010,2.1930,2.3013, $~'
h 2.4221,2.5527,2.6912,2.8361. and 2.9866 respectively.
1...
19. Chords of circles
(i) A
(ii) b
r---:-C-J{ where A = area; ,,0:::: angle of the sector: b := length of the arc
/l~I
~~
22.
of the sector; r ::::radius of the circle; D ::::diameter.
Segments of circles
I
. ,
.
:
A .= 1 '-J~
h Cl + ~ hl
'-',:, .,''. where A ::::area; h = height of the segment; C ==chord of the
_-----'
....
segment
r==s
. where r = radius. of the if)~cribcd ~ircle; /!,.:::: :lrea of the
triangle; s = semi-perimeter (If the. triangle .
.... ._--- --_ ....-------_ .... _--- .._._----:;:' ..- -. -._ ..... _ '.
', .. .,_
.......
e: tid"" >0' .. ',.;". ......... 'Mfd'b'i*L~-'~"'-
..@
t··
121
24. Circles inscribed in equilateral triangles
t a_
- 2..,f3
where r ;: radius of the inscribed circle; a == side of the triangle.
abc
R =""""46
where R ::. radius of the circumscribing circle; t. = area of the
triangle; a, b and c arc the three sides of the triangle.
a
R =--/3
Where R = radius of the circumscribing circle; a == side of the
triangle.
-_--'
27. Simpson's Rule
,.-/'-- f'..,..._ .---_
--- r-, A = ~ lP1 + Pln" +2 (P, + Ps + .
SOLIDS
't
(i) V = abc
(ii) V =: Ale =: A2b = A)a
(iii) V = --J Al A:. A3
(iv) S = 2 (ab + bc + ea)
(v) d =
--J a2 + b1 + e2
where V =: volume; S = whole surface; a =: length; b = breadth;
c = depth; AI';' 'area of base; A2 =: area of side;
A) = area of end;' d = diagonal.
ra 29. Cubes
(i) V =: a3
1 (ii) S = 6a2
(iii) d ee . a-{3
where V ::: volume; S = whole surface;
=
a edge; d ::: diagonal ., )
\.
30. Prisms and cylinders
(ii)
(i) V
V
:=
:=
Ah
AIL
•
Ii'
(iii) S :::: pL + 2A
C:.
Where V := volume; S = whole surface;
A ::::area of base; Al == area of cross-section; ~
h ::::height; L = length; p = perimeter of cross-
section. e-,
•
31. Circular cylinders
V = 1C r2h
•
'&
where V == volume; r ::::radius of base;
h = height.
C
('"
(i) V - AL
o 34.
(ii)
Cylindrical rings
S = pL
where V:::: volume; S :::: whole surface;
A ::::area of cross-section: L == length of mean
circumference; p == perimeter of cross-section.
C
C
C
1(2 ..
I
'
(i) + r) (R -r)?
'.c._ V ::::-
4 (R
.
1
V =TAh
.t m
36. Right regular pyramids
(i) v = j_ Ah
3 .
(ii) S = _!_ pS~A
2
I
'-::-2
r
(i) V =E_ W
3
S = 432"3
/
/
(iii) h = 2a-J+
~
where V ::::volume; S :: whole surface; 2a :: edge;
h:= height. ...
V = (A e. + eZ3+ e3 )
=
where V volume; A area of cross-section;
~....J : . e., e2, e3 are the lengths of the three parallel edges.
l)
U
42. Oblique frustra of any dght regular prism
(i) V AL = ~ t> f":
(ii) S = PL
where V :: volume; S = lateral surface; A ::: orca of
.. ")
(ii) S = 21trL
where V == volume; S ::: curved surface; r = radius of •
44. Prismoids
cross-section; L = mean length.
•
~
V :: ~ (AI + A2 + 4A)
C
where V :::volume; h::: height;A1 and Al are the areas
of the ends; A = area of mid-section parallel to the f.'
ends.
t
45. Frustra of pyramids ~.,c: Cv~i;:;; /
(
(i) V:::""3 h (AI + Al + ..ru;:::-
(AIAl)
where V =
volume; h = height;
AI and A,. are the areas of the ends; P and p are the
perimeters of the ends; s ::: slant height. ..-
47. Frustn of righlrin'ular cones
48. Spheres
(i) nd3
V=6
4
.(ii) V :::"3 1trl
(iii) S·::: nd2
. (iv) S ." 4m2
... - ,._ .. ,
. ----._ .._-_".- '. "" -, - _ -
------.-. __ ---~
-----,.
, ~
_I 125
49. Spherical shells
(i)
(ii)
(iii) S == rrdh
where V == volume; S = curved surface; rl = radius of
the base of the segment; h == height; d == dia of the
sphere.
V == ~ [~+~a+l+2(AJ+A.s+ ...+ ..
~"'l) + 4(Al + A4 +...+ ~,,)j
where V = volume; 2 = number of equal
._" parts into which the l~ngth of the solid is .
divided by planes parallel to its ends; d :::;
commondistance between the parallel planes
A!, ~. A,.....~. ~a+l are the areas of the
transverse sections of the figure made by the
parallel planes taken in order.
._._.--
(i) VI : V 2 = at': ~3
d
- .......az------
(iii)
(iv)
al
a,: ~
~ = -v-v. :~
=,fS; :-{S;
where Viand V'1are the volumes; 5, and S2 arc the
surfaces; a. and ~ arc corresponding ·linear dimen-
sions of the first and second similar sclids rcspcc-
,-,1:
ethe
tivcly. fm
S7. Any ligure of revolution on axis, such as domes etc. - Cmc
C"J!
Convex surface area = 6.2832 rL
Volume .:::;6.2832 ra
rthe
where a = 1area of flat sectional surface revealed if
tr
the solid is cut into two halfs.
area of generating surface,
= area of hatched portion COal) (see sketch). ("1
L:::; Length of generating line (sec sketch). 2
r :::;Distance of centre of gravity of generating (3
surface 'a' to the central vertical axis.
(-:4
so many Enactments, Statutes, Rules, Regulations etc., in force that it become impossible to keep track of all of them.
ofJ,..aw is, however, not acceptable as an excuse even for the illiterate. A minimum rudimentary awareness of the
;of Law at least relevant to your own field of activity should therefore be considered as compulsory.
you choose to ignore a particular provision of any Law or Regulation in force, awareness of it will enable you to anticipate,
preporeto face the consequences if any.
has to ~ borne in mind that no enactmerrt can be read, interpreted and acted upon in isolation, ie. without taking into account
.ofother pertinent enactments. case law etc. Obtaining expert legal opinion is advisable when taking decision in complicated
nvolvinglegal aspects.
tigation in Indian Courts of La....is costly, time consuming and terribly frustrating due to delay in the legal process. It is usually
dentto strike a compromise with the other party involved, if the consequent financial lossis not very large. Time and energy
:htinglegal battles in a Court of Law, if devoted to your own business or profession may turn out financially more rewarding .
egal aspects being of con;iderc.ble importance, a Jist of enactments, (relevant to the building and construction activity) and
,Regulations eic., framed under them, in the order of importance as perceived by the Author, are given below. Enactments
ationsmade at State level or made by Local State Bodies etc., ore not included in this fist
bitrator's fees or remuneration (to be fixed by the Bench of the lCA) as per scales laid down in the Rules of Arbitration of
n Council of Arbitration, having regard to the nature of the case and the time taken to decide it are as follows, and could serve
eline for Arbitrators even Lhoughnot connected with the leA. The scale is exclusive of travelling or outstation expenses,
inistrativeor other charges.
..
ount of claims Range of fees Amount of claims . .. Range of fees
.-----.~--- -----
.........__ _-
---- --------~
r·') ?
Time Aspects in Arbitration ~
'"'\
., '1
111evarious points at which {he aspect of time I dates I periods in Arbitration matters need 10~ watched are listed below:
In some contracts, reference 10Arbitration by either party is not permitted until after completion, alleged completion. or
ibandonment of works, or the determination of contract
"c;. -,-f
When an opposite party commences legal proceedings ignoring Arbitration clause, application to the Court for stay of the ~
,
'-
xoccedings under Section 34 of Arbitration Act should be made before filing any written statement in the Court or taking any part .,..-.
~1the ~gal proceedings.
An award has to be made within/our months after the Arbitrator has entered on the reference or after he rs called upon to act, 2
"he Arbitrator is deemed to have entered upon the reference on the date on which he issues notices to both Jile parties fixing the dale
If hearing.
a) If an Arbitrator delays entering on the reference either party may call upon the Arbitrator by a notice to act, in which case the
Arbitrator has to make his award within/our months from the date of such notice.
..:
~
~'4
h) The Court has powers to enlarge the time for making the award even if the award has already been made and even after expiry
of the prescribed time.
C
c) An award made after the expiry of time is not a nullity, but is however liable to be set aside on this ground upon an application
by one of the parties. e
d) Where parties acquiese in the delay in making the award by their conduct, such as auendance at proceedings after expiry of time
(more than/our months from date of entering upon reference), the Court may refuse to set aside the award.
t(
A party may ask the Arbitrator to state a special case for opinion of the Court, and if the Arbitrator refuses to do so the party e>.
'i:1Y apply to the Court under Section 5 for revoking authority of the Arbitrator. If the party fails to do so, it is usually 100 late for
im to gG to the Court after the award has been made. The party may however take part in the proceedings under protest in writing, ~I
..ait until award has been made and then go to the Court for setting aside the award.
Arbitrator, by statutory provision has to give notice to both the parties that the award has been made and signed. Application
."the Court by any of the parties for filing of the award has to be made within iI~r/y days from tile dateof serving of the notice.
«" <
Objections against the award under Sections 16 or 30 must be riled in the Court before expiry of /h!rlY days from thc date of
e T
erving of the notice by the Court of filing of the award. A notice by the Court to the parties, of-the filing of the award is a statutory
bligation,
e ::.1
There is however, no limitation prescribed for an application for getting an award corrected or modified by the COUrIunder ~, "..
~ction 15.
t;..]
The Limitation Act (36 of 1963)
{:
This Act lays down the period of time within which any suit, appeal or application can be made in a Court of Law for enforcing I
rims, rightful dues, share of profits, compensation for wrongs, unpaid wages, specific performance of contracts etc. C
Thc period of time within which appeals against judgements. decrees, etc can be made is also laid down. If legal action is not ~
.titutcd within the Limitation Period, any suit, appeal or application made in a Court of Law will be too late being time-barred. "-
...
'L
The Workmen's Compensation Act (8 of 1923)
,
i
This Act provides for payment by employers to their workmen (or to dependants of the workmen in cases of death) of
npcnsation for injury by accident the compensation payable is worked out on the basis of one month's wages of the worker,
rlliplicd by different laid down percentages (depending on death or total/different degrees of disablcrnent etc.i) multiplied by a laid
.vn 'relevant factor' as applicable for the completed years of age of the workman in question.
The party entering into a contract with a builder is in the position of a 'Principal Employer' in respect of workers employed by
builder on the particular contract work.
A very detailed study of this enactment is recommended. A couple of points which are commonly missed or on which wrong .]
:OI1S prevail
are elaborated upon pere.
Revocation of tender by a contractor is non-effective (nuland void) if tile acceptance letter has already been despatched before
:ipt of the communication revoking the tender. and this is applicable even in cases of revocation leuers dated prior to the date of
iptance Icucr, (even if revocation letter is despatched by Regd Post prior to the date of Acceptance) butteccived after dcsputch
1C acceptance leiter.
R:.vocation of tender by a tenderer does not confer any right to the party calling for tenders to confiscate 'Earnest MOlley'
.hcd to the lender, if no contract situation has been established.
129
BIBLIOGRAPHY
•
1. Tendering and estimating procedures John A. Milne George Godwin Ltd, London.
3. Estimating and tendering for construction work Dennis R. Mudd Buuerworths, London.
6. Estimating for building and Civil Engineering works . Spence Geddes Newnes- Butterworths, Ltd;
London.
'0:,:
11. Civil Engineering Contracts and B. S. PatH Orient Longmans Ltd; New Delhi.
Civil Engineering Estimates
12. Estimating for building and public works B. Price Davies Building Estimator Publications,
Cardiff, Great Britain.
16. Standard analysis of rates (Vol I & II) NBO, New Delhi
(for all India standard schedule of rates) &
U. N. Regional Housing Centre
ESCAP, New Delhi.
.
,J